3.11. Diagnostics Command Reference

3.11.1. Command Hierarchies

3.11.1.1. OAM Commands

3.11.1.1.1. Base Operational Commands

GLOBAL
ping [ip-address | dns-name] [rapid | detail] [ttl time-to-live] [tos type-of-service] [size bytes] [pattern pattern] [source ip-address | dns-name ] [interval seconds] [{next-hop ip-address} | {interface interface-name} | bypass-routing] [count requests] [do-not-fragment] [router router-instance| service- name service- name] [timeout timeout] [fc fc-name]
traceroute [ip-address | dns-name] [ttl ttl] [wait milli-seconds] [no-dns] [source ip-address] [tos type-of-service] [router [router-instance | service- name service- name]
— oam
dns target-addr dns-name name-server ip-address [source ip-address] [count send-count] [timeout timeout] [interval interval] [record-type {ipv4-a-record|ipv6-aaaa-record}]
saa test-name [owner test-owner] {start | stop} [no-accounting]

3.11.1.1.1.1. LSP Diagnostics

GLOBAL
— oam
lsp-ping bgp-label-prefix ip-prefix/mask [path-destination ip-address [interface if-name | next-hop ip-address]]
lsp-ping lsp-name [path path-name]
lsp-ping prefix ip-prefix/mask [path-destination ip-address [interface if-name | next-hop ip-address]]
lsp-ping static lsp-name [assoc-channel ipv4|non-ip|none] [dest-global-id global-id dest-node-id node-id] [force] [path-type active | working | protect]
lsp-trace bgp-label-prefix ip-prefix/mask [path-destination ip-address [interface if-name | next-hop ip-address]] [downstream-map-tlv dsmap | ddmap | none]
lsp-trace lsp-name [path path-name]
lsp-trace prefix ip-prefix/mask [path-destination ip-address [interface if-name | next-hop ip-address]]
lsp-trace static lsp-name [assoc-channel ipv4|non-ip|none] [path-type active | working | protect]
p2mp-lsp-ping {{lsp-name [p2mp-instance instance-name] [s2l-dest-address ip-address[ip-address…up-to-5]] [ttl label-ttl]} | {ldp p2mp-id [sender-addr ip-address] [leaf-addr ip-address…[ip-address…up-to-5 ]}} [fc fc-name] [size octets] [timeout timeout] [interval interval] [detail]
p2mp-lsp-trace {lsp-name [p2mp-instance instance-name] [s2l-dest-address ip-address[ip-address…up-to-5]]} | {ldp p2mp-id}} [fc fc-name] [size octets] [max-fail no-response-count] [probe-count probes-per-hop] [min-ttl min-label-ttl] [max-ttl max-label-ttl] [timeout timeout] [interval interval] [detail]

3.11.1.1.1.2. LDP Diagnostics

GLOBAL
— oam
ldp-treetrace {prefix ip-prefix/mask} [max-ttl ttl-value] [max-path max-paths] [timeout timeout] [retry-count retry-count] [fc fc-name [profile profile]] [downstream-map-tlv {dsmap | ddmap}]
— config
[no] ldp-treetrace
fc fc-name
— no fc
interval minutes
— no interval
max-path max-paths
— no max-path
max-ttl ttl-value
— no max-ttl
policy-statement policy-name[...(up to 5 max)]
retry-count retry-count
timeout timeout
— no timeout
interval minutes
— no interval
retry-count retry-count
timeout timeout
— no timeout
[no] shutdown

3.11.1.1.1.3. TWAMP

GLOBAL
— configure
twamp
server
[no] prefix {ip-prefix | mask} [create]
[no] description description-string
[no] max-conn-prefix count
[no] max-sess-prefix count
[no] inactivity-timeout seconds
[no] max-conn-server count
[no] max-sess-server count
[no] shutdown

3.11.1.1.1.4. TWAMP Light

configure
— router
reflector [udp-port udp-port-number] [create]
— no reflector
description description-string
prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length [create]
— no prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length
description description-string
[no] shutdown
configure
— service
— vprn
reflector [udp-port udp-port-number] [create]
— no reflector
description description-string
prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length [create]
— no prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length
description description-string
[no] shutdown
configure
— test-oam
twamp
inactivity-timeout seconds

3.11.1.1.1.5. SDP Diagnostics

GLOBAL
— oam
sdp-mtu orig-sdp-id size-inc start-octets end-octets [step step-size] [timeout timeout] [interval interval]
sdp-ping orig-sdp-id [resp-sdp resp-sdp-id] [fc fc-name] [timeout seconds] [interval seconds] [size octets] [count send-count] [interval interval]

3.11.1.1.1.6. Common Service Diagnostics

GLOBAL
— oam
svc-ping {ip-addr} service service-id [local-sdp] [remote-sdp]
dns target-addr dns-name name-server ip-address [source ip-address] [count send-count] [timeout timeout] [interval interval]
vprn-ping service-id service svc-name source ip-address destination ip-address [fc fc-name [size size] [ttl vc-label-ttl] [return-control] [interval interval] [count send-count] [timeout timeout]
vprn-trace service-id source src-ip destination ip-address [fc fc-name ] [size size] [min-ttl vc-label-ttl] [max-ttl vc-label-ttl] [return-control] [probe-count sendcount] [interval interval] [timeout timeout]

3.11.1.1.1.7. VLL Diagnostics

GLOBAL
— oam
vccv-ping sdp-id:vc-id[src-ip-address ip-addr dst-ip-address ip-addr pw-id pw-id][reply-mode {ip-routed | control-channel}] [fc fc-name [size octets] [send-count send-count] [timeout timeout] [interval interval] [ttl vc-label-ttl]
vccv-ping spoke-sdp spoke-sdp-id [reply-mode ip-routed| control-channel] [src-ip-address ip-addr dst-ip-address ip-addr]
vccv-ping static sdp-id:vc-id [assoc-channel ipv4 | non-ip] [dest-global-id global-id dest-node-id node-id] [src-ip-address ip-addr]
vccv-ping saii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id taii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id [reply-mode ip-routed | control-channel] [src-ip-address ip-addr dst-ip-address ip-addr]
vccv-ping spoke-sdp-fec spoke-sdp-fec-id [reply-mode ip-routed| control-channel] [saii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id taii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id] [src-ip-address ip-addr dst-ip-address ip-addr]
— options common to all vccv-ping cases: [count send-count] [fc fc-name [profile in|out]] [interval interval] [size octets] [timeout timeout] [ttl vc-label-ttl]
vccv-trace sdp-id:vc-id [fc fc-name [profile {in | out}]] [size octets] [reply-mode ip-routed|countrol-channel] [probe-count probes-count] [timeout timeout] [interval interval] [min-ttl min-vc-label-ttl] [max-ttl max-vc-label-ttl] [max-fail no-response-count] [detail]
vccv-trace static sdp-id:vc-id [assoc-channel ipv4 | non-ip] [src-ip-address ipv4-address]
vccv-trace saii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id taii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id [reply-mode ip-routed | control-channel]
vccv-trace spoke-sdp-fec spoke-sdp-fec-id [reply-mode ip-routed| control-channel] [saii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id taii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id]
— options common to all vccv-trace cases: [detail] [fc fc-name [profile in | out]] [interval interval-value] [max-fail no-response-count] [max-ttl max-vc-label-ttl] [min-ttl min-vc-label-ttl] [probe-count probe-count] [size octets] [timeout timeout-value]

3.11.1.1.1.8. VPLS MAC Diagnostics

GLOBAL
— oam
cpe-ping service service-id destination ip-address source ip-address [source-mac ieee-address] [fc fc-name] [ttl vc-label-ttl] [count send-count] [send-control] [return-control] [interval interval]
mac-ping service service-id destination dst-ieee-address [source src-ieee-address] [fc fc-name ] [size octets] [fc fc-name] [ttl vc-label-ttl] [send-count send-count] [return-control] [interval interval] [timeout timeout]
mac-populate service-id mac ieee-address [flood] [age seconds] [force] [target-sap sap-id]
mac-purge service-id target ieee-address [flood] [register]
mac-trace service service-id destination ieee-address [source ieee-address] [fc fc-name ] [size octets] [min-ttl vc-label-ttl] [max-ttl vc-label-ttl] [probe-count send-count] return-control] [interval interval] [timeout timeout]

3.11.1.1.1.9. Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) Commands

GLOBAL
— oam
efm port-id local-loopback {start | stop}
efm port-id remote-loopback {start | stop}

3.11.1.1.1.10. ETH-CFM OAM Commands

oam
— eth-cfm
eth-test mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [priority priority] [data-length data-length]
linktrace mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [ttl ttl-value]
loopback mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [send-count send-count] [size data-size] [priority priority]
one-way-delay-test mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [priority priority]
two-way-delay-test mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [priority priority]
two-way-slm-test mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [fc {fc-name} [profile {in | out}]] [count send-count] [size data-size] [timeout timeout] [interval interval]

3.11.1.1.1.11. ETH CFM Configuration Commands

config
domain md-index [format md-name-format] [name md-name] level level
domain md-index
— no domain md-index
association ma-index [format ma-name-format] name ma-name
association ma-index
— no association ma-index
[no] bridge-identifier bridge-id
id-permission {chassis}
mhf-creation {none | explicit | default | static}
mip-ltr-priority priority
vlan vlan-id
— no vlan
ccm-interval {10ms | 100ms | 1 | 10 | 60 | 600}
[no] remote-mepid mep-id
slm
system
sender-id local local-name
sender-id system
— no sender-id

3.11.1.1.1.12. Y.1564 Testhead OAM commands

config
testhead-profile profile-id create
[no] acceptance-criteria acceptance-criteria-id create
[no] cir-threshold threshold
[no] jitter-rising-threshold threshold
[no] jitter-rising-threshold-in threshold
[no] jitter-rising-threshold-out threshold
[no] latency-rising-threshold threshold
[no] latency-rising-threshold-in threshold
[no] latency-rising-threshold-out threshold
[no] loss-rising-threshold threshold
[no] loss-rising-threshold-in threshold
[no] loss-rising-threshold-out threshold
[no] pir-threshold threshold
[no] description description-string
dot1p in-profile dot1p-value out-profile dot1p-value
— no dot1p
— no frame-payload payload-id [payload-type [l2 | tcp-ipv4 | udp-ipv4 | ipv4] create
— no frame-payload payload
[no] data-pattern data-pattern
[no] description description-string
[no] dscp dscp-name
[no] dst-ip ipv4 ipv4-address
[no] dst-mac ieee-address [ieee-address-mask]
[no] dst-port dst-port-number
[no] ethertype 0x0600..0xffff
[no] ip-proto ip-protocol-number
[no] ip-tos type-of-service
[no] ip-ttl ttl-value
[no] src-ip ipv4 ipv4-address
[no] src-mac ieee-address [ieee-address-mask]
[no] src-port src-port-number
[no] vlan-tag-1 vlan-id vlan-id [tpid tpid] [dot1p dot1p-value]
[no] vlan-tag-2 vlan-id vlan-id [tpid tpid] [dot1p dot1p-value]
[no] frame-size frame-size
[no] rate cir cir-rate-in-kbps [adaptation-rule adaptation-rule] [pir pir-rate-in-kbps]
[no] test-duration [hours hours| minutes minutes| seconds seconds]
[no] test-duration

3.11.1.1.1.13. Y.1564 Testhead OAM Commands

oam
testhead test-name [owner owner-name] testhead-profile profile-id [frame-payload frame-payload-id] sap sap-id [fc fc-name] [acceptance-criteria acceptance-criteria-id [color-aware enable | disable]] [enforce-fc-check enable | disable]
testhead test-name [owner owner-name] stop

3.11.1.1.2. Show commands

show
testhead-profile profile-id
show
testhead [test-name owner test-owner] [detail]

3.11.1.1.3. Clear commands

clear
twamp
server
result result [test-name] owner [test-owner]
result testhead-profile profile-id

3.11.1.2. OAM Performance Monitoring, Bin Group, and Session Commands

GLOBAL
— oam
oam-pm session session-name {dmm | slm | twamp-light} {start | stop}
config
oam-pm
bin-group bin-group-number [fd-bin-count fd-bin-count fdr-bin-count fdr-bin-count ifdv-bin-count ifdv-bin-count create]
— no bin-group bin-group-number
bin-type {fd | fdr | ifdv}
bin bin-number
lower-bound microseconds
delay-event {forward | backward | round-trip} lowest-bin bin-number threshold raise-threshold [clear clear-threshold]
— no delay-event {forward | backward | round-trip}
description description-string
[no] shutdown
session session-name [test-family {ethernet | ip} [session-type {proactive | on-demand}] create]
— no session session-name
bin-group bin-group-number
— no bin-group
description description-string
dest-mac ieee-address
— no dest-mac
dmm [test-id test-id] [create]
— no dmm
data-tlv-size octets
interval milliseconds
— no interval
[no] shutdown
test-duration seconds
priority priority
— no priority
slm [test-id test-id] [create]
data-tlv-size octets
flr-threshold percentage
loss-events {forward | backward} threshold raise-threshold-percent [clear clear-threshold-percent]
[no] avg-flr-event {forward | backward} threshold raise-threshold-percent [clear clear-threshold-percent]
chli-event {forward | backward | aggregate} threshold raise-threshold [clear clear-threshold]
[no] chli-event {forward | backward | aggregate}
[no] flr-threshold percentage
hli-event {forward | backward | aggregate} threshold raise-threshold [clear clear-threshold]
[no] hli-event {forward | backward | aggregate}
unavailability-event {forward | backward | aggregate} threshold raise-threshold [clear clear-threshold]
[no] unavailability-event {forward | backward | aggregate}
undet-availability-event {forward | backward | aggregate} threshold raise-threshold [clear clear-threshold]
[no] undet-availability-event {forward | backward | aggregate}
undet-unavailability-event {forward | backward | aggregate} threshold raise-threshold [clear clear-threshold]
[no] undet-unavailability-event {forward | backward | aggregate}
[no] shutdown
test-duration seconds
timing frames-per-delta-t frames consec-delta-t deltas interval milliseconds chli-threshold threshold
— no timing
source mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index
— no source
meas-interval {5-mins | 15-mins | 1-hour | 1-day} [create]
accounting-policy acct-policy-id
boundary-type {clock-aligned | test-relative}
clock-offset seconds
[no] delay-events
[no] loss-events
[no] shutdown
intervals-stored intervals

3.11.1.2.1. OAM-PM Session IP Commands

configure
— oam-pm
session session-name [test-family {ethernet | ip} [session-type {proactive | on-demand}] create]
— no session session-name
ip
destination ip-address
dest-udp-port udp-port-number
fc fc-name
— no fc
forwarding bypass-routing
forwarding interface interface-name
forwarding next-hop ip-address
— no forwarding
profile {in | out}
— no profile
router router-instance
router service-name service-name
— no router
source ip-address
— no source
source-udp-port udp-port-number
ttl time-to-live
— no ttl
twamp-light [test-id test-id] [create]
interval milliseconds
— no interval
loss
flr-threshold percentage
timing frames-per-delta-t frames consec-delta-t deltas chli-threshold threshold
— no timing
avg-flr-event {forward | backward} threshold raise-threshold-percent [clear clear-threshold-percent]
— no avg-flr-event {forward | backward}
chli-event {forward | backward | aggregate} threshold raise-threshold [clear clear-threshold]
— no chli-event {forward | backward | aggregate}
hli-event {forward | backward | aggregate} threshold raise-threshold [clear clear-threshold]
— no hli-event {forward | backward | aggregate}
unavailability-event {forward | backward | aggregate} threshold raise-threshold [clear clear-threshold]
— no unavailability-event {forward | backward | aggregate}
undet-availability-event {forward | backward | aggregate} threshold raise-threshold [clear clear-threshold]
— no undet-availability-event {forward | backward | aggregate}
undet-unavailability-event {forward | backward | aggregate} threshold raise-threshold [clear clear-threshold]
— no undet-unavailability-event {forward | backward | aggregate}
pad-size octets
— no pad-size
record-stats {delay | loss | delay-and-loss}
— no record-stats
[no] shutdown
test-duration seconds

3.11.1.2.2. Clear Commands

clear
— oam-pm
session session-name {dmm | slm | twamp-light}
clear
— eth-cfm
mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index statistics

3.11.1.3. SAA Commands

Note:

The following commands are supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode:

  1. cpe-ping
  2. lsp-ping
  3. lsp-trace
  4. mac-ping
  5. mac-trace
  6. sdp-ping
  7. vccv-ping
  8. vccv-trace
  9. vprn-ping
  10. vprn-trace
config
saa
[no] test test-name [owner test-owner]
accounting-policy acct-policy-id
[no] continuous
description description-string
[no] jitter-event rising-threshold threshold [falling-threshold threshold] [direction]
[no] latency-event rising-threshold threshold [falling-threshold threshold] [direction]
[no] loss-event rising-threshold threshold [falling-threshold threshold] [direction]
probe-history {keep|drop|auto}
[no] shutdown
[no] probe-fail-threshold 0..15
[no] test-fail-threshold 0..15
[no] type
cpe-ping service service-id destination ip-address source ip-address [source-mac ieee-address] [fc fc-name ][ttl vc-label-ttl] [send-count send-count] [return-control] [interval interval]
dns target-addr dns-name name-server ip-address [source ip-address] [send-count send-count] [timeout timeout] [interval interval]
eth-cfm-linktrace mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [ttl ttl-value] [fc {fc-name}] [count send-count] [timeout timeout] [interval interval] [record-type {ipv4-a-record|ipv6-aaaa-record}]
eth-cfm-loopback mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [size data-size] [fc {fc-name}] [count send-count ][timeout timeout] [interval interval]
eth-cfm-two-way-delay mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [fc {fc-name}][count send-count ][timeout timeout] [interval interval]
eth-cfm-two-way-slm mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [fc fc-name] [count send-count] [size data-size] [timeout timeout] [interval interval]
icmp-ping [ip-address | dns-name] [rapid | detail] [ttl time-to-live] [tos type-of-service] [size bytes] [pattern pattern] [source ip-address] [interval seconds] [{next-hop ip-address}|{interface interface-name}|bypass-routing] [count requests] [do-not-fragment] [router-instance | service- name service- name] [timeout timeout]fc {fc-name}
icmp-trace [ip-address | dns-name] [ttl time-to-live] [wait milli-seconds] [source ip-address] [tos type-of-service][router-instance | service- name service- name]
lsp-ping bgp-label-prefix ip-prefix/mask [src-ip-address ip-address] [fc fc-name] [size octets] [ttl label-ttl] [send-count send-count] [timeout timeout] [interval interval] [path-destination ip-address [interface if-name | next-hop ip-address]]
lsp-ping {{lsp-name [path path-name]}|{prefix ip-prefix/mask}} [src-ip-address ip-address] [size octets] [ttl label-ttl] [timeout timeout] [interval interval] [fc fc-name] [send-count send-count] {lsp-name [path path-name]} [fc fc-name] [size octets][ttl label-ttl] [send-count send-count] [timeout timeout] [interval interval]
lsp-trace bgp-label-prefix ip-prefix/mask [src-ip-address ip-address] [fc fc-name] [max-fail no-response-count] [probe-count probes-per-hop] [size octets] [min-ttl min-label-ttl] [max-ttl max-label-ttl] [timeout timeout] [interval interval] [path-destination ip-address [interface if-name | next-hop ip-address]] [downstream-map-tlv dsmap | ddmap | none] [detail]
lsp-trace {lsp-name [path path-name]} [fc fc-name] [max-fail no-response-count] [probe-count probes-per-hop] [size octets] [min-ttl min-label-ttl] [max-ttl max-label-ttl] [src-ip-address ip-address] [timeout timeout] [interval interval]
mac-ping service service-id destination dst ieee-address [source src-ieee-address] [fc fc-name] [size octets] [ttl vc-label-ttl] [send-count send-count] [send-control] [return-control] [interval interval] [timeout timeout]
mac-trace service service-id destination ieee-address [source src-ieee-address] [fc fc-name] [size octets]] [min-ttl min-label-ttl] [max-ttl max-label-ttl] [send-count send-count] [send-control] [return-control] [interval interval] [timeout timeout]
sdp-ping orig-sdp-id [resp-sdp resp-sdp-id] [fc fc-name]] [size octets] [send-count send-count][timeout seconds] [interval seconds]
vccv-ping sdp-id:vc-id [src-ip-address ip-addr dst-ip-address ip-addr pw-id pw-id][reply-mode {ip-routed | control-channel}][fc fc-name [size octets] [send-count send-count][timeout timeout] [interval interval][ttl vc-label-ttl]
vccv-trace sdp-id:vc-id [size octets][min-ttl vc-label-ttl] [max-ttl vc-label-ttl][max-fail no-response-count][probe-count probe-count][reply-mode ip-routed|control-channel][timeout timeout-value][interval interval-value][fc fc-name ][detail]
vprn-ping service-id service svc-name [src-ip-address ip-addr dst-ip-address ip-addr [fc fc-name [profile in | out]] [size size] [ttl vc-label-ttl] [count send-count] [return-control] [timeout timeout] [interval seconds]
vprn-trace service-id source src-ip destination dst-ip [fc fc-name [profile in | out]] [size size] [min-ttl vc-label-ttl] [max-ttl vc-label-ttl] [count send-count] [return-control] [timeout timeout] [interval interval]

3.11.1.3.1. Show Commands

show
association [ma-index] [detail]
cfm-stack-table [port [port-id [vlan qtag[.qtag]]| sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]][level 0..7] [direction up | down]
domain [md-index] [association ma-index | all-associations] [detail]
mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [loopback] [linktrace] [eth-bandwidth-notification]
mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [remote-mepid mep-id | all-remote-mepids]
mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index eth-test-results [remote-peer mac-address]
mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index one-way-delay-test [remote-peer mac-address]
mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index two-way-delay-test [remote-peer mac-address]
mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index two-way-slm-test [remote-peer mac-address]
mip
— router
saa [test-name [owner test-owner]]
— service service-id
ldp-treetrace [prefix ip-prefix/mask] [detail]
twamp
server all
server prefix ip-prefix/mask
server
show
— oam-pm
bin-group [bin-group-number]
bin-group-using [bin-group bin-group-number]
session session-name [{all | base | bin-group | event-mon | meas-interval}]
sessions [test-family {ethernet | ip}] [event-mon]
session session-name
dmm
meas-interval raw [{all | bins | summary}]
meas-interval {5-mins | 15-mins | 1-hour | 1-day} interval-number interval-number [{all | bins | summary}]
slm
meas-interval {5-mins | 15-mins | 1-hour | 1-day} interval-number interval-number
meas-interval raw delay [{all | bins | summary}]
meas-interval raw [loss]
meas-interval {5-mins | 15-mins | 1-hour | 1-day} interval-number interval-number delay [{all | bins | summary}]
meas-interval {5-mins | 15-mins | 1-hour | 1-day} interval-number interval-number loss

3.11.1.3.2. Monitor Commands

monitor
— oam-pm
session session-name [{dmm | slm | twamp-light}]

3.11.1.3.3. Clear Commands

clear
saa [test-name [owner test-owner]]
twamp
server

3.11.2. Command Descriptions

3.11.2.1. OAM and SAA Command Hierarchies

3.11.2.1.1. Operational Commands

shutdown

Syntax 
[no] shutdown
Context 
config>saa>test
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document.

Description 

This command shuts down a test. To modify an existing test it must first be shut down. When a test is created it is in shutdown mode until a no shutdown command is executed.

A shutdown can only be performed if a test is not executing at the time the command is entered.

The no form of this command sets the state of the test to operational.

shutdown

Syntax 
[no] shutdown
Context 
config>test-oam>ldp-treetrace
config>test-oam>twamp>server
config>test-oam>twamp>server>prefix
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document

Description 

This command suspends the background process running the LDP ECMP OAM tree discovery and path probing features. The configuration is not deleted.

The no form of this command enables the background process.

shutdown

Syntax 
[no] shutdown
Context 
config>oam-pm>bin-group
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>dmm
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>slm
config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light
config>oam-pm>session>measurement-interval>event-mon
config>saa>test
config>test-oam>ldp-treetrace
config>test-oam>mpls-dm
config>test-oam>twamp>server
config>test-oam>twamp>server>prefix
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command administratively disables an entity. When disabled, an entity does not change, reset, or remove any configuration settings or statistics.

The operational state of the entity is disabled as well as the operational state of any entities contained within. Many objects must be shut down before they may be deleted.

Entities are created in the administratively down (shutdown) state. When a no shutdown command is entered, the entity becomes administratively up and then tries to enter the operationally up state.

The no form of this command administratively enables the entity.

dns

Syntax 
dns target-addr dns-name name-server ip-address [source ip-address] [count send-count] [timeout timeout] [interval interval] [record-type {ipv4-a-record | ipv6-aaaa-record}]
Context 
oam
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command performs DNS name resolution. If ipv4-a-record is specified, DNS names are queried for A-records only.

Parameters 
send-count send-count
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. The send-count parameter is used to override the default number of message requests sent. Each message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The message interval value must be expired before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 100

 

Default—
1
ip-address—
Specifies the IP or IPv6 address of the primary DNS server.
Values—

ipv4-address - a.b.c.d

ipv6-address - x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x - [0..FFFF]H

d - [0..255]D

 

timeout timeout
Specifies the timeout parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 120

 

Default—
5
interval interval
Specifies the interval parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second, and the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
record-type—
Specifies a record type.
Values—
ipv4-a-record — A record specific mapping a host name to an IPv4 address.
ipv6-aaaa-record — A record specific to the Internet class that stores a single IPv6 address.

 

ping

Syntax 
ping [ip-address | dns-name] [rapid | detail] [ttl time-to-live] [tos type-of-service] [size bytes] [pattern pattern] [source ip-address | dns-name] [interval seconds] [{next-hop ip-address} | {interface interface-name} | bypass-routing] [count requests] [do-not-fragment] [router router-instance | service-name service-name] [timeout timeout]
Context 
<GLOBAL>
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command verifies the reachability of a remote host.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the far-end IP address to which to send the sve-ping request message in dotted decimal notation.

Note: IPv6 is supported only for "Management" instance of the router.

Values—

ipv4-address:

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 .. FFFF]H

d:

[0 .. 255]D

 

dns-name—
Specifies the DNS name of the far-end device to which to send the sve-ping request message, expressed as a character string.
rapid—
Packets are generated as fast as possible instead of the default 1 per second.
detail—
Specifies detailed information.
ttl time-to-live
Specifies the TTL value for the MPLS label, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 128

 

tos type-of-service
Specifies the service type.
Values—
0 to 255

 

size bytes
Specifies the request packet size in bytes, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
0 to 16384

 

pattern pattern
Specifies that the date portion in a ping packet is filled with the pattern value specified. If not specified, position info is filled instead.
Values—
0 to 65535

 

source ip-address
Specifies the IP address to be used.

Note: IPv6 is supported only for "Management" instance of the router.

Values—

ipv4-address:

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 .. FFFF]H

d:

[0 .. 255]D

 

router router-instance
Specifies the router name or service ID.
Values—
router-name: Base, management

 

Default—
Base
service-name service-name
Specifies the service name as an integer or string.
bypass-routing—
Specifies whether to send the ping request to a host on a directly attached network bypassing the routing table.
interface interface-name
Specifies the name of an IP interface. The name must already exist in the config>router>interface context.
next-hop ip-address
Only displays static routes with the specified next hop IP address.

Note: IPv6 is supported only for "Management" instance of the router.

Values—

ipv4-address:

a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 to FFFF]H

d:

[0 to 255]

 

interval seconds
Specifies the interval parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second, and the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 to 10000

 

count requests
Specifies the number of times to perform an OAM ping probe operation. Each OAM echo message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 100000

 

Default—
5
do-not-fragment—
Sets the DF (Do Not Fragment) bit in the ICMP ping packet.
fc-name—
Specifies the forwarding class of the MPLS echo request encapsulation.
Values—
be | l2 | af | l1 | h2 | ef | h1 | nc

 

Default—
nc
timeout seconds
Overrides the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. A ‘request timeout’ message is displayed by the CLI for each message request sent that expires. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
5

traceroute

Syntax 
traceroute [ip-address | dns-name] [ttl ttl] [wait milli-seconds] [no-dns] [source ip-address] [tos type-of-service] [router router-instance | service- name service- name]
Context 
<GLOBAL>
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command determines the route to a destination address. DNS lookups of the responding hosts is enabled by default.

*A:ALA-1# traceroute 192.168.xx.xx4
traceroute to 192.168.xx.xx4, 30 hops max, 40 byte packets
 1  192.168.xx.xx4 0.000 ms  0.000 ms  0.000 ms
*A:ALA-1#
Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the far-end IP address to which to send the traceroute request message in dotted decimal notation.

Note: IPv6 is supported only for "Management" instance of the router.

Values—

ipv4-address:

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 .. FFFF]H

d:

[0 .. 255]D

 

dns-name—
Specifies the DNS name of the far-end device to which to send the traceroute request message, expressed as a character string.
ttl ttl
Specifies the maximum Time-To-Live (TTL) value to include in the traceroute request, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

wait milliseconds
Specifies the time in milliseconds to wait for a response to a probe, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
10 to 60000

 

Default—
5000
no-dns—
When the no-dns keyword is specified, DNS lookups of the responding hosts are not performed. Only the IP addresses is printed.
Default—
DNS lookups are performed
source ip-address
Specifies the source IP address to use as the source of the probe packets in dotted decimal notation. If the IP address is not one of the device’s interfaces, an error is returned.
tos type-of-service
Specifies the type-of-service (TOS) bits in the IP header of the probe packets, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
0 to 255

 

router router-name
Specifies the alphanumeric character string up to 32 characters.
Values—
Base, Management

 

service-name service-name
Specifies the service name as an integer or string.

lsp-ping

Syntax 
lsp-ping lsp-name [path path-name]
lsp-ping bgp-label prefix ip-prefix/mask [path-destination ip-address [interface if-name | next-hop ip-address]]
lsp-ping prefix ip-prefix/mask [path-destination ip-address [interface if-name | next-hop ip-address]] [src-ip-address ip-address]
lsp-ping {{lsp-name [path path-name]}|{prefix ip-prefix/mask}} [src-ip-address ip-address] [size octets] [ttl label-ttl] [timeout timeout] [interval interval] [fc fc-name] [send-count send-count] {lsp-name [path path-name]} [fc fc-name] [size octets][ttl label-ttl] [send-count send-count] [timeout timeout] [interval interval]
lsp-ping static lsp-name [assoc-channel ipv4|none|non-ip] [force] [dest-global-id global-id dest-node-id node-id] [path-type active | working | protect]
NOTE: Options common to all lsp-ping cases: [detail] [fc fc-name] [interval interval] [send-count send-count] [size octets] [src-ip-address ip-address] [timeout timeout] [ttl label-ttl]
Context 
oam
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document

Description 

This command performs in-band LSP connectivity tests.

The lsp-ping command performs an LSP ping using the protocol and data structures defined in the RFC 4379, Detecting Multi-Protocol Label Switched (MPLS) Data Plane Failures.

The LSP ping operation is modeled after the IP ping utility which uses ICMP echo request and reply packets to determine IP connectivity.

In an LSP ping, the originating device creates an MPLS echo request packet for the LSP and path to be tested. The MPLS echo request packet is sent through the data plane and awaits an MPLS echo reply packet from the device terminating the LSP. The status of the LSP is displayed when the MPLS echo reply packet is received.

This command, when used with the static option, performs in-band on-demand LSP connectivity verification tests for static MPLS-TP LSPs. For other LSP types, the static option should be excluded and these are described elsewhere in this guide.

The lsp-ping static command performs an LSP ping using the protocol and data structures defined in the RFC 4379, Detecting Multi-Protocol Label Switched (MPLS) Data Plane Failures, as extended by RFC 6426, MPLS On-Demand Connectivity Verification and Route Tracing.

In MPLS-TP, the echo request and echo reply messages are always sent in-band over the LSP, either in a G-ACh channel or encapsulated as an IP packet below the LSP label.

The timestamp format to be sent, and to be expected when received in a PDU, is as configured by the config>test-oam>mpls-time-stamp-format command. If RFC 4379 is selected, the timestamp is in seconds and microseconds since 1900, otherwise it is in seconds and microseconds since 1970.

Parameters 
lsp-name —
Specifies the name that identifies an LSP to ping. The LSP name can be up to 32 characters.
dest-global-id global-id
Specifies the MPLS-TP global ID for the far end node of the LSP under test. If this is not entered, the dest-global-id is taken from the LSP context.
dest-node-id node-id
Specifies the MPLS-TP global ID for the far end node of the LSP under test. If this is not entered, the dest-global-id is taken from the LSP context.
control-channel {none | non-ip}—
Specifies the encapsulation format to use for the LSP Ping echo request and echo reply packet.
Values—
none — IP encapsulation in an MPLS labeled packet
non-ip — MPLS-TP encapsulation without UDP/IP headers, in an MPLS-TP G-ACh on the LSP using channel type 0x025.

 

Default—
non-ip
force—
Allows LSP Ping to test a path that is operationally down, including cases where MPLS-TP BFD CC/V is enabled and has taken a path down. This parameter is only allowed in the OAM context; it is not allowed for a test configured as a part of an SAA.
Default—
disabled
path-type {active | working | protect}—
The LSP path to test.
Values—
active — Specifies the currently active path. If MPLS-TP linear protection is configured on the LSP, this is the path that is selected by MPLS-TP PSC protocol for sending user plane traffic. If MPLS-TP linear protection is not configured, this is the working path.
working — Specifies the working path of the MPLS-TP LSP.
protect — Specifies the protect path of the MPLS-TP LSP.

 

Default—
active
path path-name
Specifies the LSP path name along which to send the LSP ping request.
Values—
Any path name associated with the LSP.

 

Default—
The active LSP path.
bgp-label-prefix ip-prefix/mask
Specifies the address prefix and subnet mask of the target BGP IPv4 label route.
src-ip-address ip-addr—
Specifies the source IP address. This option is used when an OAM packet must be generated from a different address than the node’s system interface address. An example is when the OAM packet is sent over an LDP LSP and the LDP LSR-ID of the corresponding LDP session to the next-hop is set to an address other than the system interface address.
Values—
ipv4-address: a.b.c.d

 

fc fc-name
Specifies the fc parameter is used to indicate the forwarding class of the MPLS echo request packet.

When an MPLS echo request packet is generated in CPM and is forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the specified fc parameter value. The marking of the packet's EXP is dictated by the LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface.

When the MPLS echo request packet is received on the responding node, The fc parameter value is dictated by the LSP-EXP mappings of the incoming interface.

When an MPLS echo reply packet is generated in CPM and is forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the fc parameter value determined by the classification of the echo request packet, which is being replied to, at the incoming interface. The marking of the packet's EXP is dictated by the LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface. The TOS byte is not modified. The following table summarizes this behavior:

Table 24:  Request Packet and Behavior  

Node

Packet and Description of Behavior

cpm (sender node)

echo request packet:

  1. packet{tos=1, fc1
  2. fc1 is as entered by user in OAM command or default values
  3. tos1 as per mapping of fc1 to IP precedence in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

outgoing interface (sender node)

echo request packet:

  1. pkt queued as fc1
  2. ToS field=tos1 not remarked
  3. EXP=exp1, as per mapping of fc1 to EXP in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

Incoming interface (responder node)

echo request packet:

  1. packet{tos1, exp1}
  2. exp1 mapped to fc2 as per classification in network QoS policy of incoming interface

cpm (responder node)

echo reply packet:

  1. packet{tos=1, fc2

outgoing interface (responder node)

echo reply packet:

  1. pkt queued as fc2
  2. ToS filed= tos1 not remarked (reply in-band or out-of-band)
  3. EXP=exp2, if reply is in-band, remarked as per mapping of fc2 to EXP in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

Incoming interface (sender node)

echo reply packet:

  1. packet{tos1, exp2}
  2. exp2 mapped to fc1 as per classification in network QoS policy of incoming interface

The LSP-EXP mappings on the receive network interface controls the mapping of the message reply back at the originating router.be

Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
be
src-ip-address ip-addr
Specifies the source IP address. This parameter is used when an OAM packet must be generated from a different address than the node's system interface address. For example, when the OAM packet is sent over an LDP LSP and the LDP LSR-ID of the corresponding LDP session to the next-hop is set to an address other than the system interface address.
Values—
ipv4-address: a.b.c.d

 

size octets
Specifies the MPLS echo request packet size in octets, expressed as a decimal integer. The request payload is padded with zeros to the specified size.
Values—
1 to 9198

 

Default—
1
ttl label-ttl
Specifies the TTL value for the MPLS label, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
255
send-count send-count
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. The send-count parameter is used to override the default number of message requests sent. Each message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The message interval value must be expired before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 100

 

Default—
1
time-out interval
Specifies the time-out parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the last probe for a particular test. Upon the expiration of timeout the test is marked complete and no more packets are processed for any of those request probes.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
5
interval interval
Specifies the interval parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.
path-destination ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the path destination from the range 127/8.
interface interface-name
Specifies the name of an IP interface. The name must already exist in the config>router>interface context.
next-hop ip-address
Only displays static routes with the specified next hop IP address.
Values—
ipv4-address: a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)

 

prefix ip-prefix/mask
Specifies the address prefix and subnet mask of the target BGP IPv4 label route.
static lsp-name
Specifies an LSP ping route using the RFC 6426, MPLS On-Demand Connectivity Verification and Route Tracing, Target FEC Stack code point Static LSP.
assoc-channel ipv4 | none | non-ip—
Specifies the launched echo request’s usage of the Associated Channel (ACH) mechanism, when testing an MPLS-TP LSP.
Values—
ipv4 — Use the
none — Use the Associated Channel mechanism described in RFC 6426, Section 3.3.
non-ip — Do not use an Associated Channel, as described in RFC 6426, Section 3.1.

 

dest-global-id global-id
Specifies the source MPLS-TP global identifier of the replying node. The value is copied from the reply’s RFC 6426 Source Identifier TLV.
Values—
0 to 4294967295

 

Default—
0
dest-node-id node-id
Specifies the target MPLS-TP Node Identifier.
Values—
a.b.c.d | 1 to 4294967295>

 

Default—
0
path-type active | working | protect—
Specifies the type of an MPLS TP path.
Values—
active - test the currently-active path of the MPLS-TP LSP
working - test the primary path of the MPLS-TP LSP
protect - test the secondary path of the MPLS-TP LSP

 

Output 

Sample Output
A:DUTA# oam lsp-ping prefix 10.4.4.4/32 detail
LSP-PING 10.4.4.4/32: 80 bytes MPLS payload
Seq=1, send from intf dut1_to_dut3, reply from 10.4.4.4
       udp-data-len=32 ttl=255 rtt=5.23ms rc=3 (EgressRtr)
 
---- LSP 4.4.4.4/32 PING Statistics ----
1 packets sent, 1 packets received, 0.00% packet loss
round-trip min = 5.23ms, avg = 5.23ms, max = 5.23ms, stddev = 0.000ms
 
===============================================================================
LDP LSR ID: 1.1.1.1
===============================================================================
Legend: U - Label In Use,  N - Label Not In Use, W - Label Withdrawn
        WP - Label Withdraw Pending, BU - Alternate For Fast Re-Route
===============================================================================
LDP Prefix Bindings
===============================================================================
Prefix              IngLbl       EgrLbl     EgrIntf/         EgrNextHop
   Peer                                     LspId
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.4.4.4/32          131069N      131067     1/1/1            1.3.1.2
   3.3.3.3
10.4.4.4/32          131069U      131064       --               --
   6.6.6.6
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of Prefix Bindings: 2
===============================================================================
A:DUTA#
 

lsp-trace

Syntax 
lsp-trace lsp-name [path path-name]
lsp-trace bgp-label prefix ip-prefix/mask [path-destination ip-address [interface if-name | next-hop ip-address]]
lsp-trace prefix ip-prefix/mask [path-destination ip-address [interface if-name | next-hop ip-address]]
lsp-trace static lsp-name [assoc-channel ipv4|none|non-ip] [path-type active | working | protect]
Context 
oam
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document

Description 

NOTE: Options common to all lsp-trace cases: [detail] [downstream-map-tlv {dsmap | ddmap | none}] [fc fc-name] [interval interval] [max-fail no-response-count] [max-ttl max-label-ttl] [min-ttl min-label-ttl] [probe-count probes-per-hop] [size octets] [src-ip-address ip-address] [timeout timeout]

This command, when used with the static option, performs in-band on-demand LSP traceroute tests for static MPLS-TP LSPs. For other LSP types, the static option should be excluded and these are described elsewhere in this guide.

The lsp-trace static command performs an LSP trace using the protocol and data structures defined in the RFC 4379, Detecting Multi-Protocol Label Switched (MPLS) Data Plane Failures, as extended by RFC 6426, MPLS On-Demand Connectivity Verification and Route Tracing.

The LSP trace operation is modeled after the IP traceroute utility which uses ICMP echo request and reply packets with increasing TTL values to determine the hop-by-hop route to a destination IP.

In an LSP trace, the originating device creates an MPLS echo request packet for the LSP to be tested with increasing values of the TTL in the outermost label. The MPLS echo request packet is sent through the data plane and awaits a TTL exceeded response or the MPLS echo reply packet from the device terminating the LSP. The devices that reply to the MPLS echo request packets with the TTL exceeded and the MPLS echo reply are displayed.

The downstream mapping TLV is used in lsp-trace to provide a mechanism for the sender and responder nodes to exchange and validate interface and label stack information for each downstream hop in the path of the LDP FEC or an RSVP LSP, or a BGP IPv4 label route.

Two downstream mapping TLVs are supported. The original Downstream Mapping (DSMAP) TLV defined in RFC 4379 and the new Downstream Detailed Mapping (DDMAP) TLV defined in RFC 6424. More details are provided in the following DDMAP TLV sub-section.

In addition, when the responder node has multiple equal cost next-hops for an LDP FEC or a BGP label IPv4 prefix, it replies in the Downstream Mapping TLV with the downstream information for each outgoing interface which is part of the ECMP next-hop set for the prefix. The downstream mapping TLV can further be used to exercise a specific path of the ECMP set using the path-destination option.

In MPLS-TP, the echo request and echo reply messages are always sent in-band over the LSP, either in a G-ACh channel or encapsulated as an IP packet below the LSP label.

Some caveats apply when using this feature on 7210 nodes. LSP Diagnostics: LSP Ping and Trace

Parameters 
lsp-name—
Specifies the name that identifies an LSP to ping. The LSP name can be up to 32 characters.
path path-name
Specifies the LSP path name along which to send the LSP trace request.
Values—
Any path name associated with the LSP.

 

Default—
The active LSP path.
control-channel {none | non-ip}—
Specifies the encapsulation format to use for the MPLS echo request and echo reply packet.
Values—
none — IP encapsulation in an MPLS labeled packet non-ip — MPLS-TP encapsulation without UDP/IP headers, in an MPLS-TP G-ACh on the LSP using channel type 0x025.

 

Default—
non-ip
size octets
Specifies the size in octets, expressed as a decimal integer, of the MPLS echo request packet, including the IP header but not the label stack. The request payload is padded with zeros to the specified size. Note that an OAM command is not failed if the user entered a size lower than the minimum required to build the packet for the echo request message. The payload is automatically padded to meet the minimum size.
Values—
[104 to 9198]

 

Default—
1
src-ip-address ip-addr—
Specifies the source IP address. This option is used when an OAM packet must be generated from a different address than the node’s system interface address. An example is when the OAM packet is sent over an LDP LSP and the LDP LSR-ID of the corresponding LDP session to the next-hop is set to an address other than the system interface address.
Values—
ipv4-address: a.b.c.d

 

min-ttl min-label-ttl
Specifies the minimum TTL value in the MPLS label for the LSP trace test, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
1
max-ttl max-label-ttl
Specifies the maximum TTL value in the MPLS label for the LDP treetrace test, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
30
max-fail no-response-count
Specifies the maximum number of consecutive MPLS echo requests, expressed as a decimal integer that do not receive a reply before the trace operation fails for a specific TTL.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
5
probes-per-hop—
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. The send-count parameter is used to override the default number of message requests sent. Each message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The message interval value must be expired before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
timeout timeout
Specifies the timeout parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. A ‘request timeout’ message is displayed by the CLI for each message request sent that expires. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
3
interval interval
Specifies the interval parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second, and the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
fc fc-name
Specifies the fc parameter used to indicate the forwarding class of the MPLS echo request packet.

When an MPLS echo request packet is generated in CPM and is forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the specified fc parameter value. The marking of the packet's EXP is dictated by the LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface.

When the MPLS echo request packet is received on the responding node, The fc parameter value is dictated by the LSP-EXP mappings of the incoming interface.

When an MPLS echo reply packet is generated in CPM and is forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the fc parameter value determined by the classification of the echo request packet, which is being replied to, at the incoming interface. The marking of the packet's EXP is dictated by the LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface. The TOS byte is not modified. The following table summarizes this behavior:

Table 25:  Request Packet and Behavior  

Node

Packet and Description

cpm (sender node)

echo request packet:

  1. packet{tos=1, fc1
  2. fc1 is as entered by user in OAM command or default values
  3. tos1 as per mapping of fc1 to IP precedence in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

outgoing interface (sender node)

echo request packet:

  1. pkt queued as fc1
  2. ToS field=tos1 not remarked
  3. EXP=exp1, as per mapping of fc1 to EXP in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

Incoming interface (responder node)

echo request packet:

  1. packet {tos1, exp1}
  2. exp1 mapped to fc2 as per classification in network QoS policy of incoming interface

cpm (responder node)

echo reply packet:

  1. packet {tos=1, fc2

outgoing interface (responder node)

echo reply packet:

  1. pkt queued as fc2
  2. ToS filed= tos1 not remarked (reply in-band or out-of-band)
  3. EXP=exp2, if reply is in-band, remarked as per mapping of fc2 to EXP in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

Incoming interface (sender node)

echo reply packet:

  1. packet {tos1, exp2}
  2. exp2 mapped to fc1 as per classification in network QoS policy of incoming interface
Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
be
path-destination ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the path destination from the range 127/8.
interface interface-name
Specifies the name of an IP interface. The name must already exist in the con­fig>router>interface context.
downstream-map-tlv {dsmap | ddmap | none}—
Specifies which format of the downstream mapping TLV to use in the LSP trace packet. The DSMAP TLV is the original format in RFC 4379. The DDMAP is the new enhanced format specified in RFC 6424. The user can also choose not to include the downstream mapping TLV by entering the value none. When lsp-trace is used on a MPLS-TP LSP (static option), it can only be executed if the control-channel is set to none. In addition, the DSMAP/DDMAP TLV is only included in the echo request message if the egress interface is either a numbered IP interface, or an unnumbered IP interface. The TLV is not included if the egress interface is of type unnumbered-mpls-tp.
Default—
Inherited from global configuration of downstream mapping TLV in option mpls-echo-request-downstream-map {dsmap | ddmap}.
Output 

Sample Output
 
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-trace prefix 10.20.1.6/32 downstream-map-tlv ddmap path-
destination 127.0.0.1 detail lsp-trace to 10.20.1.6/
32: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 152 byte packets
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=3.44ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=127.0.0.1 ifaddr=0 iftype=ipv4Unnumbered MRU=1500 
           label[1]=131070 protocol=3(LDP)
2  10.20.1.4  rtt=4.65ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=127.0.0.1 ifaddr=0 iftype=ipv4Unnumbered MRU=1500 
           label[1]=131071 protocol=3(LDP)
3  10.20.1.6  rtt=7.63ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1 
*A:Dut-A# 
 
 
*A:Dut-C# oam lsp-trace "p_1" detail
lsp-trace to p_1: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 116 byte packets
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=3.46ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel)
     DS 1: ipaddr 10.20.1.4 ifaddr 3 iftype 'ipv4Unnumbered' MRU=1500 
label=131071 proto=4(RSVP-TE)
2  10.20.1.4  rtt=3.76ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel)
     DS 1: ipaddr 10.20.1.6 ifaddr 3 iftype 'ipv4Unnumbered' MRU=1500 
label=131071 proto=4(RSVP-TE)
3  10.20.1.6  rtt=5.68ms rc=3(EgressRtr)
*A:Dut-C#
lsp-trace over a numbered IP interface
A:DUTA#
A:DUTA# oam lsp-trace prefix 10.5.5.5/32 detail
lsp-trace to 10.5.5.5/32: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 104 byte packets
1  6.6.6.6  rtt=2.45ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel)
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.6.5.1 ifaddr=10.6.5.1 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1564 
label=131071 proto=3(LDP)
2  5.5.5.5  rtt=4.77ms rc=3(EgressRtr)
A:DUTA#
lsp-trace over an unnumbered IP interface
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-trace prefix 10.20.1.6/32 downstream-map-tlv ddmap path-
destination 127.0.0.1 detail lsp-trace to 10.20.1.6/
32: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 152 byte packets
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=3.44ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=127.0.0.1 ifaddr=0 iftype=ipv4Unnumbered MRU=1500 
           label[1]=131070 protocol=3(LDP)
2  10.20.1.4  rtt=4.65ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=127.0.0.1 ifaddr=0 iftype=ipv4Unnumbered MRU=1500 
           label[1]=131071 protocol=3(LDP)
3  10.20.1.6  rtt=7.63ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1 
*A:Dut-A# 
 
*A:Dut-A# oam ldp-treetrace prefix 10.20.1.6/32 
 
ldp-treetrace for Prefix 10.20.1.6/32:
 
         127.0.0.1, ttl =   3 dst =      127.1.0.255 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:         127.0.0.1         127.0.0.1
 
         127.0.0.1, ttl =   3 dst =      127.2.0.255 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:         127.0.0.1         127.0.0.1
 
ldp-treetrace discovery state: Done
ldp-treetrace discovery status: ' OK '
Total number of discovered paths: 2
Total number of failed traces: 0
 
 

p2mp-lsp-ping

Syntax 
p2mp-lsp-ping {{lsp-name p2mp-instance instance-name s2l-dest-addr ip-address[ip-address...up to 5] [ttl label-ttl]} | {ldp p2mp-id [sender-addr ip-address] [leaf-addr ip-address[ip-address…up to 5 ]}} [fc fc-name] [size octets] [timeout timeout] [interval interval] [detail]
Context 
oam
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS Mxp, 7210 SAS- R6, 7210 SAS-R12, 7210 SAS-T, and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone mode)

Description 

This command performs an in-band connectivity test for an RSVP P2MP LSP.

The echo request message is sent on the active P2MP instance and is replicated in the data path over all branches of the P2MP LSP instance. By default, all egress LER nodes that are leaves of the P2MP LSP instance reply to the echo request message.

The user can reduce the scope of the echo reply messages by explicitly entering a list of addresses for the egress LER nodes that are required to reply. A maximum of 5 addresses can be specified in a single run of the p2mp-lsp-ping command. An LER node parses the list of egress LER addresses, and if its address is included, it replies with an echo reply message.

The display is delayed until all responses are received or the timer configured in the timeout parameter expires. Entering other CLI commands while waiting for the display is not allowed. Use control-C (^C) to stop the ping operation.

Parameters 
fc fc-name
Specifies the forwarding class of the MPLS echo request packet.

When an MPLS echo request packet is generated in CPM and forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the specified fc parameter value. The LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface dictate the marking of the packet EXP bits.

When the MPLS echo request packet is received on the responding node, the LSP-EXP mappings of the incoming interface determine the fc parameter value.

When an MPLS echo reply packet is generated in CPM and forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the fc parameter value determined by the classification of the echo request packet, which is being replied to, at the incoming interface. The LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface dictate the marking of the packet EXP bits.

Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
be
p2mp-instance instance-name
Configures the name of the P2MP LSP instance to send the echo request, up to 32 characters.
p2mp-lsp-ping lsp-name
Specifies the name for the P2MP LSP, up to 32 characters, to ping.
s2l-dest-addr ip-address
Specifies the egress LER system address of the S2L sub-LSP path that is being traced.
Values—
ipv4-address: a.b.c.d

 

size octets
Specifies the size in octets, expressed as a decimal integer, of the MPLS echo request packet, including the IP header but not the label stack. The request payload is padded with zeros to the specified size. The OAM command does not fail if the size entered is lower than the minimum number of octets required to build the packet for the echo request message. The payload is automatically padded to meet the minimum size.
Values—
1 to 9198

 

Default—
1
ttl label-ttl
Specifies the TTL value for the MPLS label, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
255
ldp p2mp-id
Specifies the identifier of the LDP P2MP LSP to ping, expressed as a 32-bit integer.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

sender-addr ip-address
Optional parameter to specify root-node address. If omitted, the system IP address is used.
leaf-addr ip-address…[ip-address…up to 5]
Specifies the list of egress LER system addresses that are required to reply to an LSP ping echo request message.
Values—
ipv4-address: a.b.c.d

 

timeout timeout
Specifies the timeout parameter, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the length of time that the router waits for an echo reply message from all leaves of the P2MP LSP after sending the message request message. When message timeout expires, the requesting router assumes that the missing replies are not received. Any echo reply message received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
3
detail—
If the detail parameter is omitted, the command output provides a high-level summary of error and success codes received. If the detail parameter is specified, the command output displays a line for each replying node, similar to the output of the LSP ping for a P2P LSP.
Output 

The following sample output is an example of P2MP LSP ping information.

Sample Output
*A:Dut-C# oam lsp-ping A2F_3
 
LSP-PING A2F_3: 92 bytes MPLS payload
Total S2L configured/up/responded = 400/390/388, round-trip min/avg/max = <10/10/
11 ms
Responses based on return code:
EgressRtr(3) = 387
NoFecMapping(4) = 1
 
Note: Missing responses on UP S2Ls implies "request timeout"
 
*A:Dut-A# 
 
*A:Dut-C# oam lsp-ping A2F_3 detail
 
LSP-PING A2F_3: 92 bytes MPLS payload
 
=============================================
S2L Info
=============================================
From            Rtt         ReturnCode
---------------------------------------------
10.20.1.2       <10ms       EgressRtr
10.20.1.3       10ms        EgressRtr
10.20.1.5       11ms        EgressRtr
10.20.1.6       <10ms       EgressRtr
10.20.1.7       10ms        NoFecMapping
   :
   :
==========================================
 
Total S2L configured/up/responded = 400/390/388, round-trip min/avg/max 
= <10/10/11 ms
 
Responses based on return code:
EgressRtr(3) = 387
NoFecMapping(4) = 1
 
*A:Dut-A# 
 
*A:Dut-C# oam lsp-ping A2F_3 > p2mp-instance "1" s2l-dest-
address 10.20.1.5 10.20.2.6 10.20.3.7
 
LSP-PING A2F_3: 132 bytes MPLS payload
P2MP Instance 1, S2L Egress 10.20.1.5 S2L Egress 10.20.2.6 S2L Egress 10.20.3.7
 
Total S2L configured/up/responded = 400/390/4, round-trip min/avg/max = <10/10/11 ms
 
Responses based on return code:
EgressRtr(3) = 3
NoFecMapping(4) = 1
 
Note: Missing responses on UP S2Ls implies "request timeout"
 
*A:Dut-A# 
 
*A:Dut-C# oam lsp-ping A2F_3 > p2mp-instance "1" s2l-dest-
address 10.20.1.5 10.20.2.6 10.20.3.7 detail
 
LSP-PING A2F_3: 132 bytes MPLS payload
P2MP Instance 1, S2L Egress 10.20.1.5 S2L Egress 10.20.2.6 S2L Egress 10.20.3.7
 
=============================================
S2L Info
=============================================
From            Rtt         ReturnCode
---------------------------------------------
10.20.1.2       <10ms       EgressRtr
10.20.1.3       10ms        EgressRtr
10.20.1.4       Timeout     N/A
10.20.1.5       11ms        NoFecMapping
10.20.1.6       <10ms       EgressRtr
==========================================
 
Total S2L configured/up/responded = 400/390/4, round-trip min/avg/max
= <10/10/11 ms
 
Responses based on return code:
EgressRtr(3) = 3
NoFecMapping (4) = 1
 
*A:Dut-A# 
 

p2mp-lsp-trace

Syntax 
p2mp-lsp-trace {lsp-name [p2mp-instance instance-name] [s2l-dest-address ip-address[ip-address…up-to-5]]} | {ldp p2mp-id}} [fc fc-name] [size octets] [max-fail no-response-count] [probe-count probes-per-hop] [min-ttl min-label-ttl] [max-ttl max-label-ttl] [timeout timeout] [interval interval] [detail]
Context 
oam
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS Mxp, 7210 SAS- R6, 7210 SAS-R12, 7210 SAS-T, and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone mode)

Description 

This command discovers and displays the hop-by-hop path for a source-to-leaf (S2L) sub-LSP of an RSVP P2MP LSP.

The LSP trace capability allows the user to trace the path of a single S2L path of a P2MP LSP. Its operation is similar to that of the p2mp-lsp-ping, but the sender of the echo reply request message includes the downstream mapping TLV to request the downstream branch information from a branch LSR or bud LSR. The branch LSR or bud LSR also includes the downstream mapping TLV to report the information about the downstream branches of the P2MP LSP. An egress LER must not include this TLV in the echo response message.

The probe-count parameter operates in the same way as in LSP Trace on a P2P LSP. It represents the maximum number of probes sent per TTL value before giving up on receiving the echo reply message. If a response is received from the traced node before reaching maximum number of probes, no more probes are sent for the same TTL. The sender of the echo request increments the TTL and uses the information it received in the downstream mapping TLV to start sending probes to the node downstream of the last node which replied. This continues until the egress LER for the traced S2L path replied.

Similar to the p2mp-lsp-ping command, an LSP trace probe results in all egress LER nodes eventually receiving the echo request message, but only the traced egress LER node replies to the last probe.

Any branch LSR node or bud LSR node in the P2MP LSP tree may receive a copy of the echo request message with the TTL in the outer label expiring at this node. However, only a branch LSR or bud LSR that has a downstream branch over which the traced egress LER is reachable responds.

When a branch LSR or bud LSR responds, it sets the global return code in the echo response message to RC=14, “See DDMAP TLV for Return Code and Return Sub-Code” and the return code in the DDMAP TLV corresponding to the outgoing interface of the branch used by the traced S2L path to RC=8, “Label switched at stack-depth <RSC>”.

Parameters 
fc fc-name
Specifies the forwarding class of the MPLS echo request packet.

When an MPLS echo request packet is generated in CPM and forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the specified fc parameter value. The LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface dictate the marking of the packet EXP bits.

When the MPLS echo request packet is received on the responding node, the LSP-EXP mappings of the incoming interface dictate the marking of the packet EXP bits.

When an MPLS echo reply packet is generated in CPM and forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the fc parameter value determined by the classification of the echo request packet, which is being replied to, at the incoming interface. The LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface dictate the marking of the packet EXP bits.

Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
be
interval interval
Specifies the minimum amount of time, in seconds, that must expire before the next echo request message is sent. The parameter overrides the default echo request message send interval.

If the interval is set to 1 second, and the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of an echo reply message corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
ldp p2mp-id
Specifies the identifier for a LDP P2MP LSP to ping, expressed as a 32-bit integer.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

p2mp-lsp-trace lsp-name
Specifies the name of an P2MP LSP to ping, up to 32 characters.
max-fail no-response-count
Specifies the maximum number of consecutive MPLS echo requests, expressed as a decimal integer, that do not receive a reply before the trace operation fails for a specific TTL.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
5
max-ttl max-label-ttl
Specifies the maximum TTL value in the MPLS label for the LSP trace test, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
30
min-ttl min-label-ttl
Specifies the minimum TTL value in the MPLS label for the LSP trace test, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
1
p2mp-instance instance-name
Specifies the name, up to 32 characters, of the specific instance of the P2MP LSP to send the echo request.
probe-count probes-per-hop
Specifies the number of LSP trace echo request messages to send per TTL value.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
s2l-dest-addr ip-addres
Specifies the egress LER system address of the S2L sub-LSP path that is being traced.
Values—
ipv4-address: a.b.c.d

 

size octets
Specifies the size in octets, expressed as a decimal integer, of the MPLS echo request packet, including the IP header but not the label stack. The request payload is padded with zeros to the specified size. The OAM command is not failed if the user enters a size lower than the minimum required to build the packet for the echo request message. The payload is automatically padded to meet the minimum size.
Values—
1 to 9198

 

Default—
1
timeout timeout
Specifies the length of time, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer, that the router waits for an echo reply message from all leaves of the P2MP LSP after sending the message request message. This value overrides the default timeout value. When the message timer expires, the requesting router assumes that the missing replies are not received. Any echo reply message received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
3
detail—
If the detail parameter is omitted, the command output provides a high-level summary of error and success codes received. If the detail parameter is specified, the command output displays a line for each replying node, similar to the output of the LSP ping for a P2P LSP.
Output 

The following sample output is an example of P2MP LSP trace information.

Sample Output
*A:Dut-C# oam p2mp-lsp-trace "p2mp_1" p2mp-instance "1" s2l-dest-
address 10.20.1.5 detail
P2MP LSP p2mp_1: 132 bytes MPLS payload
P2MP Instance 1, S2L Egress 10.20.1.5
 
  1  10.20.1.1  rtt=3.78 ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel)
     DS 1: ipaddr 10.20.1.2 iftype 'ipv4Unnumbered' ifaddr 2 MRU=1500 label=131060 p
roto=4(RSVP-TE) B/E flags:0/0
  2  10.20.1.2  rtt=3.54 ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel)
     DS 1: ipaddr 10.20.1.4 iftype 'ipv4Unnumbered' ifaddr 3 MRU=1500 label=131061 p
roto=4(RSVP-TE) B/E flags:0/0
  3  10.20.1.5  rtt=5.30 ms rc=5(DSMappingMismatched)
 
*A:Dut-A# 
 

3.11.2.1.2. Service Diagnostics

sdp-mtu

Syntax 
sdp-mtu orig-sdp-id size-inc start-octets end-octets [step step-size] [timeout timeout] [interval interval]
Context 
oam
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode

Description 

This command performs MTU path tests on an SDP to determine the largest path-mtu supported on an SDP. The size-inc parameter can be used to easily determine the path-mtu of a specific SDP-ID. The forwarding class is assumed to be Best-Effort Out-of-Profile. The message reply is returned with IP encapsulation from the far-end 7210 SAS M. OAM request messages sent within an IP SDP must have the ‘DF’ IP header bit set to 1 to prevent message fragmentation. This command is not supported on the 7210 SAS-M and 7210 SAS-T in the access-uplink mode of operation.

To terminate an sdp-mtu in progress, use the CLI break sequence <Ctrl-C>.

Special Cases 
SDP Path MTU Tests—
SDP Path MTU tests can be performed using the sdp-mtu size-inc keyword to easily determine the path-mtu of a specific SDP-ID. The forwarding class is assumed to be Best-Effort Out-of-Profile. The message reply is returned with IP encapsulation from the far-end 7210 SAS M.

With each OAM Echo Request sent using the size-inc parameter, a response line is displayed as message output. The path MTU test displays incrementing packet sizes, the number sent at each size until a reply is received and the response message.

As the request message is sent, its size value is displayed followed by a period for each request sent of that size. Up to three requests are sent unless a valid response is received for one of the requests at that size. When a response is received, the next size message is sent. The response message indicates the result of the message request.

After the last reply has been received or response timeout, the maximum size message replied to indicates the largest size OAM Request message that received a valid reply.

Parameters 
orig-sdp-id—
Specifies the sdp-id to be used by sdp-ping, expressed as a decimal integer. The far-end address of the specified sdp-id is the expected responder-id within each reply received. The specified sdp-id defines the encapsulation of the SDP tunnel encapsulation used to reach the far end. This can be IP MPLS. If orig-sdp-id is invalid or administratively down or unavailable for some reason, the SDP echo request message is not sent and an appropriate error message is displayed (when the interval timer expires, sdp-ping attempts to send the next request if required).
Values—
1 to 17407

 

size-inc start-octets end-octets
Specifies that an incremental path MTU test is performed by sending a series of message requests with increasing MTU sizes. The start-octets and end-octets parameters are described as follows.
start-octets—
Specifies the beginning size in octets of the first message sent for an incremental MTU test, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
40 to 9198

 

end-octets—
Specifies the ending size in octets of the last message sent for an incremental MTU test, expressed as a decimal integer. The specified value must be greater than start-octets.
Values—
40 to 9198

 

step step-size
Specifies the number of octets to increment the message size request for each message sent for an incremental MTU test, expressed as a decimal integer. The next size message is not sent until a reply is received or three messages have timed out at the current size.

If the incremented size exceeds the end-octets value, no more messages are sent.

Values—
1 to 512

 

Default—
32
timeout timeout
Specifies the timeout parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. A ‘request timeout’ message is displayed by the CLI for each message request sent that expires. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
5
interval interval
Specifies the interval parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second, and the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
Output 

Sample SDP MTU Path Test Sample Output
*A:Dut-A# oam sdp-mtu 1201 size-inc 512 3072 step 256
Size    Sent    Response
----------------------------
512     .        Success
768     .        Success
1024    .        Success
1280    .        Success
1536    .        Success
1792    .        Success
2048    .        Success
2304    .        Success
2560    .        Success
2816    .        Success
3072    .        Success
 
Maximum Response Size: 3072
*A:Dut-A#

svc-ping

Syntax 
svc-ping ip-address [service service-id] [local-sdp] [remote-sdp]
Context 
<GLOBAL>
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode

Description 

This command tests a service ID for correct and consistent provisioning between two service end points. This command is not supported on the 7210 SAS-M and 7210 SAS-T in the access-uplink mode of operation.

The svc-ping command accepts a far-end IP address and a service-id for local and remote service testing. The following information can be determined from svc-ping:

  1. Local and remote service existence
  2. Local and remote service state
  3. Local and remote service type correlation
  4. Local and remote customer association
  5. Local and remote service-to-SDP bindings and state
  6. Local and remote ingress and egress service label association

Unlike sdp-ping, only a single message is sent per command; no count nor interval parameter is supported and round trip time is not calculated. A timeout value of 10 seconds is used before failing the request. The forwarding class is assumed to be Best-Effort Out-of-Profile

If no request is sent or a reply is not received, all remote information is shown as N/A.

To terminate a svc-ping in progress, use the CLI break sequence <Ctrl-C>.

Upon request timeout, message response, request termination, or request error the following local and remote information is displayed. Local and remote information is dependent upon service existence and reception of reply.

Field

Description

Values  

Request Result

The result of the svc-ping request message.

Sent - Request Timeout

Sent - Request Terminated

Sent - Reply Received

Not Sent - Non-Existent Service-ID

Not Sent - Non-Existent SDP for Service

Not Sent - SDP For Service Down

Not Sent - Non-existent Service Egress Label

Service-ID

The ID of the service being tested.

service-id

Local Service Type

The type of service being tested. If service-id does not exist locally, N/A is displayed.

Epipe

TLS

IES

Mirror-Dest

N/A

Local Service Admin State

The local administrative state of service-id. If the service does not exist locally, the administrative state is Non-Existent.

Admin-Up

Admin-Down

Non-Existent

Local Service Oper State

The local operational state of service-id. If the service does not exist locally, the state is N/A.

Oper-Up

Oper-Down

N/A

Remote Service Type

The remote type of service being tested. If service-id does not exist remotely, N/A is displayed.

Epipe, Ipipe

TLS

IES

Mirror-Dest

N/A

Remote Service Admin State

The remote administrative state of service-id. If the service does not exist remotely, the administrative state is Non-Existent.

Up

Down

Non-Existent

Local Service MTU

The local service-mtu for service-id. If the service does not exist, N/A is displayed.

service-mtu

N/A

Remote Service MTU

The remote service-mtu for service-id. If the service does not exist remotely, N/A is displayed.

remote-service-mtu

N/A

Local Customer ID

The local customer-id associated with service-id. If the service does not exist locally, N/A is displayed.

customer-id

N/A

Remote Customer ID

The remote customer-id associated with service-id. If the service does not exist remotely, N/A is displayed.

customer-id

N/A

Local Service IP Address

The local system IP address used to terminate remotely configured SDP-ID (as the far-end address). If an IP interface has not been configured to be the system IP address, N/A is displayed.

system-ip-address

N/A

Local Service IP Interface Name

The name of the local system IP interface. If the local system IP interface has not been created, N/A is displayed.

system-interface-name

N/A

Local Service IP Interface State

The state of the local system IP interface. If the local system IP interface has not been created, Non-Existent is displayed.

Up

Down

Non-Existent

Expected Far-end Address

The expected IP address for the remote system IP interface. This must be the far-end address entered for the svc-ping command.

orig-sdp-far-end-addr

dest-ip-addr

N/A

Actual Far-end Address

The returned remote IP address. If a response is not received, the displayed value is N/A. If the far-end service IP interface is down or non-existent, a message reply is not expected. sdp-ping should also fail.

resp-ip-addr

N/A

Responders Expected Far-end Address

The expected source of the originator’s sdp-id from the perspective of the remote router terminating the sdp-id. If the far-end cannot detect the expected source of the ingress sdp-id or the request is transmitted outside the sdp-id, N/A is displayed.

resp-rec-tunnel-far-end-address

N/A

Originating SDP-ID

The sdp-id used to reach the far-end IP address if sdp-path is defined. The originating sdp-id must be bound to the service-id and terminate on the far-end IP address. If an appropriate originating sdp-id is not found, Non-Existent is displayed.

orig-sdp-id

Non-Existent

Originating SDP-ID Path Used

Whether the Originating router used the originating sdp-id to send the svc-ping request. If a valid originating sdp-id is found, operational and has a valid egress service label, the originating router should use the sdp-id as the requesting path if sdp-path has been defined. If the originating router uses the originating sdp-id as the request path, Yes is displayed. If the originating router does not use the originating sdp-id as the request path, No is displayed. If the originating sdp-id is non-existent, N/A is displayed.

Yes

No

N/A

Originating SDP-ID Administrative State

The local administrative state of the originating sdp-id. If the sdp-id has been shutdown, Admin-Down is displayed. If the originating sdp-id is in the no shutdown state, Admin-Up is displayed. If an originating sdp-id is not found, N/A is displayed.

Admin-Up

Admin-Up

N/A

Originating SDP-ID Operating State

The local operational state of the originating sdp-id. If an originating sdp-id is not found, N/A is displayed.

Oper-Up

Oper-Down

N/A

Originating SDP-ID Binding Admin State

The local administrative state of the originating sdp-ids binding to service-id. If an sdp-id is not bound to the service, N/A is displayed.

Admin-Up

Admin-Up

N/A

Originating SDP-ID Binding Oper State

The local operational state of the originating sdp-ids binding to service-id. If an sdp-id is not bound to the service, N/A is displayed.

Oper-Up

Oper-Down

N/A

Responding SDP-ID

The sdp-id used by the far end to respond to the svc-ping request. If the request was received without the sdp-path parameter, the responding router does not use an sdp-id as the return path, but the appropriate responding sdp-id is displayed. If a valid sdp-id return path is not found to the originating router that is bound to the service-id, Non-Existent is displayed.

resp-sdp-id

Non-Existent

Responding SDP-ID Path Used

Whether the responding router used the responding sdp-id to respond to the svc-ping request. If the request was received via the originating sdp-id and a valid return sdp-id is found, operational and has a valid egress service label, the far-end router should use the sdp-id as the return sdp-id. If the far end uses the responding sdp-id as the return path, Yes is displayed. If the far end does not use the responding sdp-id as the return path, No is displayed. If the responding sdp-id is non-existent, N/A is displayed.

Yes

No

N/A

Responding SDP-ID Administrative State

The administrative state of the far-end sdp-id associated with the return path for service-id. When a return path is administratively down, Admin-Down is displayed. If the return sdp-id is administratively up, Admin-Up is displayed. If the responding sdp-id is non-existent, N/A is displayed.

Admin-Up

Admin-Up

N/A

Responding SDP-ID Operational State

The operational state of the far-end sdp-id associated with the return path for service-id. When a return path is operationally down, Oper-Down is displayed. If the return sdp-id is operationally up, Oper-Up is displayed. If the responding sdp-id is non-existent, N/A is displayed.

Oper-Up

Oper-Down

N/A

Responding SDP-ID Binding Admin State

The local administrative state of the responder’s sdp-id binding to service-id. If an sdp-id is not bound to the service, N/A is displayed.

Admin-Up

Admin-Down

N/A

Responding SDP-ID Binding Oper State

The local operational state of the responder’s sdp-id binding to service-id. If an sdp-id is not bound to the service, N/A is displayed.

Oper-Up

Oper-Down

N/A

Originating VC-ID

The originator’s VC-ID associated with the sdp-id to the far-end address that is bound to service-id. If the sdp-id signaling is off, originator-vc-id is 0. If the originator-vc-id does not exist, N/A is displayed.

originator-vc-id

N/A

Responding VC-ID

The responder’s VC-ID associated with the sdp-id to originator-id that is bound to service-id. If the sdp-id signaling is off or the service binding to sdp-id does not exist, responder-vc-id is 0. If a response is not received, N/A is displayed.

responder-vc-id

N/A

Originating Egress Service Label

The originating service label (VC-Label) associated with the service-id for the originating sdp-id. If service-id does not exist locally, N/A is displayed. If service-id exists, but the egress service label has not been assigned, Non-Existent is displayed.

egress-vc-label

N/A

Non-Existent

Originating Egress Service Label Source

The originating egress service label source. If the displayed egress service label is manually defined, Manual is displayed. If the egress service label is dynamically signaled, Signaled is displayed. If the service-id does not exist or the egress service label is non-existent, N/A is displayed.

Manual

Signaled

N/A

Originating Egress Service Label State

The originating egress service label state. If the originating router considers the displayed egress service label operational, Up is displayed. If the originating router considers the egress service label inoperative, Down is displayed. If the service-id does not exist or the egress service label is non-existent, N/A is displayed.

Up

Down

N/A

Responding Service Label

The actual responding service label in use by the far-end router for this service-id to the originating router. If service-id does not exist in the remote router, N/A is displayed. If service-id does exist remotely but the remote egress service label has not been assigned, Non-Existent is displayed.

rec-vc-label

N/A

Non-Existent

Responding Egress Service Label Source

The responder’s egress service label source. If the responder’s egress service label is manually defined, Manual is displayed. If the responder’s egress service label is dynamically signaled, Signaled is displayed. If the service-id does not exist on the responder or the responder’s egress service label is non-existent, N/A is displayed.

Manual

Signaled

N/A

Responding Service Label State

The responding egress service label state. If the responding router considers it is an egress service label operational, Up is displayed. If the responding router considers it is an egress service label inoperative, Down is displayed. If the service-id does not exist or the responder’s egress service label is non-existent, N/A is displayed.

Up

Down

N/A

Expected Ingress Service Label

The locally assigned ingress service label. This is the service label that the far-end is expected to use for service-id when sending to the originating router. If service-id does not exist locally, N/A is displayed. If service-id exists but an ingress service label has not been assigned, Non-Existent is displayed.

ingress-vc-label

N/A

Non-Existent

Expected Ingress Label Source

The originator’s ingress service label source. If the originator’s ingress service label is manually defined, Manual is displayed. If the originator’s ingress service label is dynamically signaled, Signaled is displayed. If the service-id does not exist on the originator or the originators ingress service label has not been assigned, N/A is displayed.

Manual

Signaled

N/A

Expected Ingress Service Label State

The originator’s ingress service label state. If the originating router considers it as an ingress service label operational, Up is displayed. If the originating router considers it as an ingress service label inoperative, Down is displayed. If the service-id does not exist locally, N/A is displayed.

Up

Down

N/A

Responders Ingress Service Label

The assigned ingress service label on the remote router. This is the service label that the far end is expecting to receive for service-id when sending to the originating router. If service-id does not exist in the remote router, N/A is displayed. If service-id exists, but an ingress service label has not been assigned in the remote router, Non-Existent is displayed.

resp-ingress-vc-label

N/A

Non-Existent

Responders Ingress Label Source

The assigned ingress service label source on the remote router. If the ingress service label is manually defined on the remote router, Manual is displayed. If the ingress service label is dynamically signaled on the remote router, Signaled is displayed. If the service-id does not exist on the remote router, N/A is displayed.

Manual

Signaled

N/A

Responders Ingress Service Label State

The assigned ingress service label state on the remote router. If the remote router considers it as an ingress service label operational, Up is displayed. If the remote router considers it as an ingress service label inoperative, Down is displayed. If the service-id does not exist on the remote router or the ingress service label has not been assigned on the remote router, N/A is displayed.

Up

Down

N/A

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the far-end IP address to which to send the svc-ping request message in dotted decimal notation.
service service-id
Specifies the service ID of the service being tested. The service ID need not exist on the local to receive a reply message.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

local-sdp—
Specifies the svc-ping request message should be sent using the same service tunnel encapsulation labeling as service traffic. If local-sdp is specified, the command attempts to use an egress sdp-id bound to the service with the specified far-end IP address with the VC-Label for the service. The far-end address of the specified sdp-id is the expected responder-id within the reply received. The sdp-id defines the encapsulation of the SDP tunnel encapsulation used to reach the far end; this can be IP or MPLS. On originator egress, the service-ID must have an associated VC-Label to reach the far-end address of the sdp-id and the sdp-id must be operational for the message to be sent.

If local-sdp is not specified, the svc-ping request message is sent with encapsulation with the OAM label.

The following table indicates whether a message is sent and how the message is encapsulated based on the state of the service ID.

Local Service State

local-sdp Not Specified

local-sdp Specified

Message Sent

Message Encapsulation

Message Sent

Message Encapsulation

Invalid Local Service

Yes

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

No

None

No Valid SDP-ID Bound

Yes

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

No

None

SDP-ID Valid But Down

Yes

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

No

None

SDP-ID Valid and Up, But No Service Label

Yes

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

No

None

SDP-ID Valid, Up and Egress Service Label

Yes

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

Yes

SDP Encapsulation with Egress Service Label (SLP)

remote-sdp—
Specifies svc-ping reply message from the far-end should be sent using the same service tunnel encapsulation labeling as service traffic. If remote-sdp is specified, the far-end responder attempts to use an egress sdp-id bound to the service with the message originator as the destination IP address with the VC-Label for the service. The sdp-id defines the encapsulation of the SDP tunnel encapsulation used to reply to the originator; this can be IP or MPLS. On responder egress, the service-ID must have an associated VC-Label to reach the originator address of the sdp-id and the sdp-id must be operational for the message to be sent.

The following table indicates how the message response is encapsulated based on the state of the remote service ID.

Remote Service State

Message Encapsulation  

remote-sdp

Not Specified

remote-sdp

Specified

Invalid Ingress Service Label

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

Invalid Service-ID

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

No Valid SDP-ID Bound on Service-ID

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

SDP-ID Valid But Down

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

SDP-ID Valid and Up, but No Service Label

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

SDP-ID Valid and Up, Egress Service Label, but VC-ID Mismatch

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

SDP-ID Valid and Up, Egress Service Label, but VC-ID Match

Generic IP OAM (PLP)

SDP Encapsulation with Egress Service Label (SLP)

Output 

Sample Output
A:ALU_G7X1>config# oam svc-ping 10.20.1.3 service 1 
Service-ID: 1
 
Err Info                Local           Remote
-----------------------------------------------------
    Type:               EPIPE           EPIPE           
    Admin State:        Up              Up              
==> Oper State:         Down            Down            
    Service-MTU:        1514            1514            
    Customer ID:        1               1               
 
    IP Interface State: Up
    Actual IP Addr:     10.20.1.1       10.20.1.3       
    Expected Peer IP:   10.20.1.3       10.20.1.1       
 
    SDP Path Used:      No              No              
    SDP-ID:             1               2               
    Admin State:        Up              Up              
    Operative State:    Up              Up              
    Binding Admin State:Up              Up              
    Binding Oper State: Up              Up              
    Binding VC ID:      10              10              
    Binding Type:       Spoke           Spoke           
    Binding Vc-type:    Ether           Ether           
    Binding Vlan-vc-tag:N/A             N/A             
 
    Egress Label:       131070          131068          
    Ingress Label:      131068          131070          
    Egress Label Type:  Signaled        Signaled        
    Ingress Label Type: Signaled        Signaled        
 
Request Result: Send - Reply Received: Responder Service ID Oper-Down
A:ALU_G7X1>config#

vprn-ping

Syntax 
vprn-ping service-id source ip-address destination ip-address [fc fc-name] [size size] [ttl vc-label-ttl] [return-control] [interval interval] [send-count send-count] [timeout timeout]
Context 
<GLOBAL>
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document

Description 

This command performs a VPRN ping.

Parameters 
service service-id
Specifies the VPRN service ID to diagnose or manage.
Values—
service-id: 1 —to 2147483647

 

source ip-address
Specifies the IP prefix for the source IP address in dotted decimal notation.
Values—

ipv4-address

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x - [0 to FFFF]H

d - [0 to 255]D

 

destination ip-address
Specifies the IP prefix for the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation.
Values—

ipv4-address

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x - [0 to FFFF]H

d - [0 to 255]D

 

size octets
Specifies the OAM request packet size in octets, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 9198

 

ttl vc-label-ttl
Specifies the TTL value in the VC label for the OAM request, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
255
return-control—
Specifies the response to come on the control plane.
interval interval
Specifies the interval parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second where the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 to 10 seconds

 

Default—
1
send-count send-count
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. The count parameter is used to override the default number of message requests sent. Each message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The message interval value must be expired before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 100

 

Default—
1
timeout timeout
Specifies the timeout parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 100

 

Default—
5
fc-name—
Specifies the forwarding class of the MPLS echo request encapsulation.
Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
be
Output 

Sample Output
A:PE_1# oam vprn-ping 25 source 10.4.128.1 destination 10.16.128.0
Sequence Node-id                                Reply-Path Size     RTT
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Send request Seq. 1.]
1        10.128.0.3:cpm                          In-Band   100      0ms
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
...
A:PE_1# 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
A:PE_1#

vprn-trace

Syntax 
vprn-trace service-id source src-ip destination ip-address [fc fc-name] [size size] [min-ttl vc-label-ttl] [max-ttl vc-label-ttl] [return-control] [send-count send-count] [interval seconds] [timeout timeout]
Context 
<GLOBAL>
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document

Description 

Performs VPRN trace.

Parameters 
service service-id
Specifies the VPRN service ID to diagnose or manage.
Values—
service-id: 1 to 2147483647

 

source src-ip
Specifies the IP prefix for the source IP address in dotted decimal notation.
Values—

ipv4-address

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x - [0 to FFFF]H

d - [0 to 255]D

 

destination dst-ip
Specifies the IP prefix for the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation.
Values—

ipv4-address

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x - [0 to FFFF]H

d - [0 to 255]D

 

size octets
Specifies the OAM request packet size in octets, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
[1 to 9198]

 

min-ttl vc-label-ttl
Specifies the minimum TTL value in the VC label for the trace test, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
1
max-ttl vc-label-ttl
Specifies the maximum TTL value in the VC label for the trace test, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
4
return-control—
Specifies the OAM reply to a data plane OAM request be sent using the control plane instead of the data plane.
Default—
OAM reply sent using the data plane.
send-count sendcount
Specifies the number of OAM requests sent for a particular TTL value, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
interval seconds
Specifies the interval parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second where the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 to 10 seconds

 

Default—
1
timeout timeout
Specifies the timeout parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
3
fc-name—
Specifies the forwarding class of the MPLS echo request encapsulation.
Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
be
Output 

Sample Output
A:PE_1# oam vprn-
trace 25 source 10.4.128.1 destination 10.16.128.0                      
TTL Seq Reply Node-id         Rcvd-on         Reply-Path RTT
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Send request TTL: 1, Seq. 1.]
1   1   1     10.128.0.4      cpm             In-Band    0ms
  Requestor 10.128.0.1 Route: 0.0.0.0/0
    Vpn Label: 131071 Metrics 0 Pref 170 Owner bgpVpn
    Next Hops: [1] ldp tunnel
    Route Targets: [1]: target:65100:1
  Responder 10.128.0.4 Route: 10.16.128.0/24
    Vpn Label: 131071 Metrics 0 Pref 170 Owner bgpVpn
    Next Hops: [1] ldp tunnel
    Route Targets: [1]: target:65001:100
 
[Send request TTL: 2, Seq. 1.]
2   1   1     10.128.0.3      cpm             In-Band    0ms
  Requestor 10.128.0.1 Route: 0.0.0.0/0
    Vpn Label: 131071 Metrics 0 Pref 170 Owner bgpVpn
    Next Hops: [1] ldp tunnel
    Route Targets: [1]: target:65100:1
  Responder 10.128.0.3 Route: 10.16.128.0/24
    Vpn Label: 0 Metrics 0 Pref 0 Owner local
    Next Hops: [1] ifIdx 2 nextHopIp 10.16.128.0
 
[Send request TTL: 3, Seq. 1.]
[Send request TTL: 4, Seq. 1.]
...
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
A:PE_1#
 

3.11.2.1.3. VPLS MAC Diagnostics

Note:

VPLS MAC diagnostics commands are supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode.

cpe-ping

Syntax 
cpe-ping service service-id destination ip-address source ip-address [ttl vc-label-ttl] [return-control] [source-mac ieee-address] [fc fc-name] [interval interval] [count send-count]
Context 
oam
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document

Description 

This command determines the IP connectivity to a CPE within a specified VPLS service.

Parameters 
service service-id
Specifies the service ID of the service to diagnose or manage.
Values—
service-id: 1 to 2147483647

 

destination ip-address
Specifies the IP address to be used as the destination for performing an OAM ping operations.
source ip-address
Specifies an unused IP address in the same network that is associated with the VPLS.
ttl vc-label-ttl
Specifies the TTL value in the VC label for the OAM MAC request, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
255
return-control—
Specifies the MAC OAM reply to a data plane MAC OAM request be sent using the control plane instead of the data plane.
Default—
MAC OAM reply sent using the data plane.
source-mac ieee-address
Specifies the source MAC address that is sent to the CPE. If not specified or set to 0, the MAC address configured for the CPM is used.
fc-name—
Specifies the forwarding class of the MPLS echo request encapsulation.
Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
be
interval interval
Specifies the interval parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second where the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
count send-count
The number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. The count parameter is used to override the default number of message requests sent. Each message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The message interval value must be expired before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 100

 

Default—
1

mac-populate

Syntax 
mac-populate service-id mac ieee-address [flood] [age seconds] [force] [target-sap sap-id]
Context 
oam
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document

Description 

This command populates the FIB with an OAM-type MAC entry indicating the node is the egress node for the MAC address and optionally floods the OAM MAC association throughout the service. The mac-populate command installs an OAM MAC into the service FIB indicating the device is the egress node for a particular MAC address. The MAC address can be bound to a particular SAP (the target-sap) or can be associated with the control plane in that any data destined to the MAC address is forwarded to the control plane (cpm). As a result, if the service on the node has neither a FIB nor an egress SAP, it is not allowed to initiate a mac-populate.

The MAC address that is populated in the FIBs in the provider network is specific a type OAM, so that it can be treated distinctly from regular dynamically learned or statically configured MACs. Note that OAM MAC addresses are operational MAC addresses and are not saved in the device configuration. An exec file can be used to define OAM MACs after system initialization.

The force option in mac-populate forces the MAC in the table to be type OAM in the case it already exists as a dynamic, static or an OAM induced learned MAC with some other type binding.

An OAM-type MAC cannot be overwritten by dynamic learning and allows customer packets with the MAC to either ingress or egress the network while still using the OAM MAC entry.

The flood option causes each upstream node to learn the MAC (that is, populate the local FIB with an OAM MAC entry) and to flood the request along the data plane using the flooding domain.The flooded mac-populate request can be sent via the data plane or the control plane. The send-control option specifies the request be sent using the control plane. If send-control is not specified, the request is sent using the data plane. An age can be provided to age a particular OAM MAC using a specific interval. By default, OAM MAC addresses are not aged and can be removed with a mac-purge or with an FDB clear operation.

When split horizon group (SHG) is configured, the flooding domain depends on which SHG the packet originates from. The target-sap sap-id value dictates the originating SHG information.

Parameters 
service service-id
Specifies the Service ID of the service to diagnose or manage.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

destination ieee-address
Specifies the MAC address to be populated.
flood—
Sends the OAM MAC populate to all upstream nodes.
Default—
MAC populate only the local FIB.
age seconds
Specifies the age for the OAM MAC, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

Default—
The OAM MAC does not age.
force—
Converts the MAC to an OAM MAC even if it currently another type of MAC.
Default—
Do not overwrite type.
target-sap sap-id
Specifies the local target SAP bound to a service on which to associate the OAM MAC. By default, the OAM MAC is associated with the control place, that is, it is associated with the CPU on the router.

When the target-sap sap-id value is not specified the MAC is bound to the CPM. The originating SHG is 0 (zero). When the target-sap sap-id value is specified, the originating SHG is the SHG of the target-sap.

Default—
Associate OAM MAC with the control plane (CPU).

mac-purge

Syntax 
mac-purge service-id target ieee-address [flood] [register]
Context 
oam
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document.

Description 

This command removes an OAM-type MAC entry from the FIB and optionally floods the OAM MAC removal throughout the service. A mac-purge can be sent via the forwarding path or via the control plane. When sending the MAC purge using the data plane, the TTL in the VC label is set to 1. When sending the MAC purge using the control plane, the packet is sent directly to the system IP address of the next hop.

A MAC address is purged only if it is marked as OAM. A mac-purge request is an HVPLS OAM packet, with the following fields. The Reply Flags is set to 0 (since no reply is expected), the Reply Mode and Reserved fields are set to 0. The Ethernet header has source set to the (system) MAC address, the destination set to the broadcast MAC address. There is a VPN TLV in the FEC Stack TLV to identify the service domain.

If the register option is provided, the R bit in the Address Delete flags is turned on.

The flood option causes each upstream node to be sent the OAM MAC delete request and to flood the request along the data plane using the flooding domain. The flooded mac-purge request can be sent via the data plane or the control plane. The send-control option specifies the request be sent using the control plane. If send-control is not specified, the request is sent using the data plane.

The register option reserves the MAC for OAM testing where it is no longer an active MAC in the FIB for forwarding, but it is retained in the FIB as a registered OAM MAC. Registering an OAM MAC prevents relearns for the MAC based on customer packets. Relearning a registered MAC can only be done through a mac-populate request. The originating SHG is always 0 (zero).

Parameters 
service service-id
Specifies the service ID of the service to diagnose or manage.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

target ieee-address
Specifies the MAC address to be purged.
flood—
Sends the OAM MAC purge to all upstream nodes.
Default—
MAC purge only the local FIB.
register—
Reserve the MAC for OAM testing.
Default—
Do not register OAM MAC.

mac-ping

Syntax 
mac-ping service service-id destination dst-ieee-address [source src-ieee-address] [fc fc-name] [size octets] [ttl vc-label-ttl] [count send-count] [return-control] [interval interval] [timeout timeout]
Context 
oam
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document.

Description 

This command tests for the existence of an egress SAP binding of a specific MAC within a VPLS service.

A mac-ping packet can be sent through the control plane or the data plane. The send-control option specifies the request be sent using the control plane. If send-control is not specified, the request is sent using the data plane.

A mac-ping is forwarded along the flooding domain if no MAC address bindings exist. If MAC address bindings exist, the packet is forwarded along those paths, provided they are active. A response is generated only when there is an egress SAP binding for that MAC address or if the MAC address is a “local” OAM MAC address associated with the device’s control plan.

A mac-ping reply can be sent using the data plane or the control plane. The return-control option specifies the reply be sent using the control plane. If return-control is not specified, the request is sent using the data plane.

A mac-ping with data plane reply can only be initiated on nodes that can have an egress MAC address binding. A node without a FIB and without any SAPs cannot have an egress MAC address binding, so it is not a node where replies in the data plane are trapped and sent up to the control plane.

A control plane request is responded to through a control plane reply only.

By default, MAC OAM requests are sent with the system or chassis MAC address as the source MAC. The source option allows overriding of the default source MAC for the request with a specific MAC address.

When a source ieee-address value is specified and the source MAC address is locally registered within a split horizon group (SHG), this SHG membership is used as if the packet originated from this SHG. In all other cases, SHG 0 (zero) is used. Note that if the mac-trace is originated from a non-zero SHG, such packets do not go out to the same SHG.

If EMG is enabled, mac-ping returns only the first SAP in each chain.

Parameters 
service service-id
Specifies the service ID of the service to diagnose or manage.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

destination ieee-address
Specifies the destination MAC address for the OAM MAC request.
size octets
Specifies the MAC OAM request packet size in octets, expressed as a decimal integer. The request payload is padded to the specified size with a 6 byte PAD header and a byte payload of 0xAA as necessary. If the octet size specified is less than the minimum packet, the minimum sized packet necessary to send the request is used.
Values—
1 to 9198

 

Default—
No OAM packet padding.
ttl vc-label-ttl
Specifies the TTL value in the VC label for the OAM MAC request, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
255
return-control—
Specifies the MAC OAM reply to a data plane MAC OAM request be sent using the control plane instead of the data plane.
Default—
MAC OAM reply sent using the data plane.
source src-ieee-address
Specifies the source MAC address from which the OAM MAC request originates. By default, the system MAC address for the chassis is used.
Values—
Any unicast MAC value.

 

Default—
The system MAC address.
fc fc-name
Specifies the fc parameter used to test the forwarding class of the MPLS echo request packets. The actual forwarding class encoding is controlled by the network egress LSP-EXP mappings.
Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

interval interval
Specifies the interval parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second where the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
count send-count
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. The count parameter is used to override the default number of message requests sent. Each message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The message interval value must be expired before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 100

 

Default—
1
timeout timeout
Specifies the timeout parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
5

mac-trace

Syntax 
mac-trace service service-id destination ieee-address [fc fc-name] [size octets] [min-ttl vc-label-ttl] [max-ttl vc-label-ttl] [return-control] [source ieee-address] [send-count send-count] [interval interval] [timeout timeout]
Context 
oam
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document

Description 

This command displays the hop-by-hop path for a destination MAC address within a VPLS.

The MAC traceroute operation is modeled after the IP traceroute utility which uses ICMP echo request and reply packets with increasing TTL values to determine the hop-by-hop route to a destination IP. The MAC traceroute command uses Nokia OAM packets with increasing TTL values to determine the hop-by-hop route to a destination MAC.

In a MAC traceroute, the originating device creates a MAC ping echo request packet for the MAC to be tested with increasing values of the TTL. The echo request packet is sent through the control plane or data plane and awaits a TTL exceeded response or the echo reply packet from the device with the destination MAC. The devices that reply to the echo request packets with the TTL exceeded and the echo reply are displayed.

When a source ieee-address value is specified and the source MAC address is locally registered within a split horizon group (SHG), this SHG membership is used as if the packet originated from this SHG. In all other cases, SHG 0 (zero) is used. Note that if the mac-ping is originated from a non-zero SHG, such packets do not go out to the same SHG.

If EMG is enabled, mac-trace returns only the first SAP in each chain.

Parameters 
service service-id
Specifies the Service ID of the service to diagnose or manage.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

destination ieee-address
Specifies the destination MAC address to be traced.
size octets
Specifies the MAC OAM request packet size in octets, expressed as a decimal integer. The request payload is padded to the specified size with a 6 byte PAD header and a byte payload of 0xAA as necessary. If the octet size specified is less than the minimum packet, the minimum sized packet necessary to send the request is used.
Values—
1 to 9198

 

Default—
No OAM packet padding.
fc fc-name
Specifies the fc parameter used to test the forwarding class of the MPLS echo request packets. The actual forwarding class encoding is controlled by the network egress LSP-EXP mappings.
Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

min-ttl vc-label-ttl
The minimum TTL value in the VC label for the MAC trace test, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
1
max-ttl vc-label-ttl
Specifies the maximum TTL value in the VC label for the MAC trace test, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
4
return-control—
Specifies the MAC OAM reply to a data plane MAC OAM request be sent using the control plane instead of the data plane.
Default—
MAC OAM reply sent using the data plane.
source ieee-address
Specifies the source MAC address from which the OAM MAC request originates. By default, the system MAC address for the chassis is used.
Values—
Any unicast MAC value.

 

Default—
The system MAC address.
send-count send-count
Specifies the number of MAC OAM requests sent for a particular TTL value, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
interval interval
Specifies the interval parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second, and the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
timeout timeout
Specifies the timeout parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
5

3.11.2.1.4. EFM Commands

efm

Syntax 
efm port-id local-loopback {start | stop}
efm port-id remote-loopback {sart | stop}
Context 
oam>efm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) OAM loopback tests on the specified port.

Parameters 
port-id—
Specifies the port ID in the slot/mda/port format.
local-loopback {start | stop}
Specifies to start or stop local loopback tests on the specified port.
remote-loopback {start | stop}
Specifies to start or stop remote loopback tests on the specified port.

3.11.2.1.5. ETH-CFM OAM Commands

eth-test

Syntax 
mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [priority priority] [data-length data-length]
Context 
oam>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command issues an ETH-CFM test.

Parameters 
mac-address—
Specifies a unicast MAC address.
mep mep-id
Specifies target MAC address.
Values—
1 to 8191

 

domain md-index
Specifies the MD index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

association ma-index
Specifies the MA index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

data-length data-length
Specifies the UDP data length of the echo reply, the length starting after the IP header of the echo reply.
Values—
64 to 1500

 

Default—
64
priority priority
Specifies the priority.
Values—
0 to 7

 

Default—
The CCM and LTM priority of the MEP

linktrace

Syntax 
linktrace mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [ttl ttl-value]
Context 
oam>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

The command specifies to initiate a linktrace test.

Parameters 
mac-address—
Specifies a unicast destination MAC address.
mep mep-id
Specifies the target MAC address.
Values—
1 to 8191

 

domain md-index
Specifies the MD index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

association ma-index
Specifies the MA index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

ttl ttl-value
Specifies the TTL for a returned linktrace.
Values—
0 to 255

 

Default—
64

loopback

Syntax 
loopback mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [send-count send-count] [size data-size] [priority priority]
Context 
oam>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

The command specifies to initiate a loopback test.

Parameters 
mac-address—
Specifies a unicast MAC address.
mep mep-id
Specifies the local MEP ID.
Values—
1 to 8191

 

domain md-index
Specifies the MD index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

association ma-index
Specifies the MA index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

send-count send-count
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. Loopback messages are sent back to back, with no delay between the transmissions.
Values—
1 to 1024

 

Default—
1
size data-size
Specifies the size of the data portion of the data TLV, allowing for an optional octet string to be specified. If 0 is specified, no data TLV is added to the packet.
Values—
0 to 1500

 

priority priority
Specifies a 3-bit value to be used in the VLAN tag, if present, in the transmitted frame.
Values—
0 to 7

 

one-way-delay-test

Syntax 
one-way-delay-test mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [priority priority]
Context 
oam>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command issues an ETH-CFM one-way delay test.

Parameters 
mac-address—
Specifies a unicast MAC address.
mep mep-id
Specifies target MAC address.
Values—
1 to 8191

 

domain md-index
Specifies the MD index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

association ma-index
Specifies the MA index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

priority priority
Specifies the priority.
Values—
0 to 7

 

Default—
The CCM and LTM priority of the MEP.

two-way-delay-test

Syntax 
two-way-delay-test mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [priority priority]
Context 
oam>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command issues an ETH-CFM two-way delay test.

Parameters 
mac-address—
Specifies a unicast MAC address.
mep mep-id
Specifies target MAC address.
Values—
1 to 8191

 

domain md-index
Specifies the MD index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

association ma-index
Specifies the MA index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

priority priority
Specifies the priority.
Values—
0 to 7

 

Default—
The CCM and LTM priority of the MEP.

two-way-slm-test

Syntax 
two-way-slm-test mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [priority priority] [send-count send-count] [size data-size] [timeout timeout] [interval interval]
Context 
oam>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures an Ethernet CFM two-way SLM test in SAA.

Parameters 
mac-address—
Specifies a unicast destination MAC address.
mep mep-id
Specifies the target MAC address.
Values—
1 to 8191

 

domain md-index
Specifies the MD index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

association ma-index
Specifies the MA index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

priority priority
Specifies a 3-bit value to be used in the VLAN tag, if present, in the transmitted frame.
send-count send-count
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. The count parameter is used to override the default number of message requests sent. Each message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The message interval value must be expired before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 1000

 

Default—
1
size data-size
Specifies the size of the data portion of the data TLV. If 0 is specified no data TLV is added to the packet.
Values—
0 to 1500

 

Default—
0
timeout timeout
Specifies the timeout parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a reply message after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
5
interval interval
Specifies the interval parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second, and the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
[0.1, 0.2, .. 0.9] | [1, 2, .. 10]

 

Default—
5

3.11.2.1.6. ETH CFM Configuration Commands

eth-cfm

Syntax 
eth-cfm
Context 
config
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to configure 802.1ag CFM parameters.

domain

Syntax 
domain md-index [format md-name-format] [name md-name] level level
domain md-index
no domain md-index
Context 
config>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures Connectivity Fault Management domain parameters.

The no form of this command removes the Maintenance Domain (MD) index parameters from the configuration.

Parameters 
md-index—
Specifies the MD index value.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

format md-name-format
Specifies a value that represents the type (format).
Values—

dns:

Specifies the DNS name format.

mac:

x:x:x:x:x:x-u

x: [0..ff]h

u:

[0..65535]d

none:

Specifies a Y.1731 domain format and the only format allowed to execute Y.1731 specific functions.

string

Specifies an ASCII string.

 

Default—
string
name md-name
Specifies a generic MD name.
Values—
1 to 43 characters

 

level level
Specifies the integer identifying the MD level. Higher numbers correspond to higher maintenance domains, those with the greatest physical reach, with the highest values for customers’ CFM packets. Lower numbers correspond to lower maintenance domains, those with more limited physical reach, with the lowest values for single bridges or physical links.
Values—
0 to 7

 

association

Syntax 
association ma-index [format ma-name-format] name ma-name
association ma-index
no association ma-index
Context 
config>eth-cfm>domain
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the Maintenance Association (MA) for the domain.

Parameters 
ma-index—
Specifies the MA index value.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

format ma-name-format
Specifies a value that represents the type (format).
Values—

icc-based:

Only applicable to a Y.1731 context where the domain format is configured as none, allows for exactly a 13 character name in raw ascii.

integer

0 to 65535 (integer value 0 means the MA is not attached to a VID.)

string:

raw ascii

vid:

0 to 4094

vpn-id:

RFC-2685, Virtual Private Networks Identifier xxx:xxxx, where x is a value between 00 and ff.

 

Default—
integer
name ma-name
Specifies the part of the MA identifier that is unique within the MD name.
Values—
1 to 45 characters

 

bridge-identifier

Syntax 
[no] bridge-identifier bridge-id
Context 
config>eth-cfm>domain>association
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the service ID for the domain association. The value must be configured to match the service ID of the service where MEPs for this association is created.

Note: The system does not verify whether a service has been created with a matching service ID.

Parameters 
bridge-id—
Specifies the bridge ID for the domain association.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

id-permission

Syntax 
id-permission {chassis}
no id-permission
Context 
config>eth-cfm>domain>association>bridge-identifier
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the inclusion of the Sender ID TLV information specified with the config>eth-cfm>system>sender-id command for installed MEPs and MIPs. When this option is present under the maintenance association, the specific MIPs in the association includes the Sender ID TLV information in ETH-CFM PDUs. MEPs include the Sender ID TLV for CCM (subsecond CCM-enabled MEPs do not support the Sender ID TLV) in LBM/LBR and LTM/LTR PDUs. MIPs include this value in the LBR and LTR PDUs.

NOTE: LBR functions reflect back all TLVs received in the LBM unchanged, including the Sender ID TLV. Transmission of the Management Domain and Management Address fields are not supported in this TLV.

The no form of this command disables the inclusion of the Sender ID TLV.

Default 

no id-permission

Parameters 
chassis—
Specifies to include the Sender ID TLV with a value configured with the config>eth-cfm>system>sender-id command.

mhf-creation

Syntax 
mhf-creation {none | explicit | default | static}
no mhf-creation
Context 
config>eth-cfm>domain>association>bridge-identifier
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command determines whether to allow MIP creation for the MA. Use of the none, default and explicit parameters are only allowed for MHFs (MIPs) that are not associated with a configured primary VLAN.

The static parameter is only applicable to MHFs (MIPs) that are associated with a Primary VLAN.

Note:

Ingress MIPs and egress MIPs are supported on 7210 SAS platforms. Ingress MIPs respond to OAM messages received from the wire. Egress MIPs respond to OAM messages that are being sent out to the wire.

See Table 12, Table 13, Table 14, Table 15, Table 16, Table 17, Table 18, and Table 19 for MEP and MIP support available for different services on different platforms.

Parameters 
none—
Specifies that no MHFs can be created for this VID.
explicit—
Specifies that MHFs can be created for this VID only on bridge ports through which this VID can pass, and only if a MEP is created at some lower MA level. There must be at least one lower-level MEP provisioned on the same SAP.
default—
Specifies that MHFs can be created for this VID only on bridge ports through which this VID can pass without the requirement for a MEP at some lower MA level.
Note:

On 7210 SAS-R6 and 7210 SAS-R12, the default parameter is supported for Ingress MIPs only in a VPLS service and it is supported for MIP creation in an Epipe service.

static—
Specifies the exact level of the MHF (MIP) that are created for this SAP. Multiple MHFs (MIPs) are allowed as long as the MD level hierarchy is correctly configured for the particular primary VLAN.

mip-ltr-priority

Syntax 
mip-ltr-priority priority
Context 
config>eth-cfm>domain>association>bridge-identifier
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to set the priority of the Linktrace Response Message (ETH-LTR) from a MIP for this association. If this command is not specified, an LTR priority of 7 is used.

Default 

no mip-ltr-priority

Parameters 
priority —
Specifies the priority of the Linktrace Response Message (ETH-LTR) from a MIP for this association.
Values—
0 to 7

 

vlan

Syntax 
vlan vlan-id
no vlan
Context 
config>eth-cfm>domain>association>bridge-identifier
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the bridge identifier primary VLAN ID. Note that this configuration is optional as no verification is done to ensure that MEPs on this association are on the configured VLAN. When the primary VLAN feature is enabled for the MEP or a MIP, this is used to match with the VLAN in the packet to identify the packets to process in the context of the primary VLAN MIP/MEP.

Note: Also see the description for the config>eth-cfm>domain>association>bridge-identifier command.

Parameters 
vlan-id—
Specifies a VLAN ID monitored by MA.
Values—
0 to 4094

 

ccm-interval

Syntax 
ccm-interval {10ms | 100ms | 1 | 10 | 60 | 600}
no ccm-interval
Context 
config>eth-cfm>domain>association
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the CCM transmission interval for all MEPs in the association. See Table 26 to Table 28 for the CCM transmission interval values for each 7210 SAS platform.

Table 26:  CCM Transmission Interval for 7210 SAS-M (Network Mode), 7210 SAS-T (Network Mode), 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10 GE (Standalone and Standalone-VC), and 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE 

MEP Timer Support

7210 SAS-M Network mode

7210 SAS-T Network mode

7210 SAS-Mxp

7210 SAS-Sx /S 1/10GE

7210 SAS-Sx 10/100 GE

Service Down MEP

100ms | 1 | 10 | 60 | 600

1 | 10 | 60 | 600

1 | 10 | 60 | 600

1 | 10 | 60 | 600

1 | 10 | 60 | 600

G8032 Down MEP

100ms | 1 | 10 | 60 | 600

100ms | 1 | 10 | 60 | 600

10ms | 100ms | 1 | 10 | 60 | 600

10ms |100ms | 1 | 10 | 60 | 600

100ms | 1 | 10 | 60 | 600

Service UP MEP

1 | 10 | 60 | 600

1 | 10 | 60 | 600

1 | 10 | 60 | 600

1 | 10 | 60 | 600

1 | 10 | 60 | 600

Table 27:  CCM transmission interval for 7210 SAS-M and 7210 SAS-T (Access-Uplink Mode) 

MEP Timer Support

7210 SAS-M Access-Uplink mode

7210 SAS-T Access-Uplink mode

Service Down MEP

100ms | 1 | 10 | 60 | 600

100ms | 1 | 10 | 60 | 600

G8032 Down MEP

100ms | 1 | 10 | 60 | 600

100ms | 1 | 10 | 60 | 600

Service UP MEP

1 | 10 | 60 | 600

1 | 10 | 60 | 600

Table 28:  CCM transmission interval for 7210 SAS-R6 and 7210 SAS-R12 

MEP Timer Support

7210 SAS-R6 and 7210 SAS-R12

Service Down MEP

1s

G8032 Down MEP

10ms

Service UP MEP

1s

The no form of this command resets the value to the default.

Default 

10 s

Parameters 
{10ms | 100ms | 1 | 10 | 60 | 600}—
Specifies the interval between CCM transmissions to be used by all MEPs in the MA.
Values—
10 ms, 100 ms, 1 second, 10 s, 60 s, 600 s, 100 ms

 

Default—
10 s

remote-mepid

Syntax 
[no] remote-mepid mep-id
Context 
config>eth-cfm>domain>association
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the remote MEP identifier.

Parameters 
mep-id—
Specifies the MEP identifier of a remote MEP whose information from the MEP database is to be returned.
Values—
1 to 8191

 

slm

Syntax 
slm
Context 
config>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command specifies the container that provides the global configuration parameters for ITU-T Synthetic Loss Measurement (ETH-SL).

inactivity-timer

Syntax 
inactivity-timer timer
no inactivity-timer
Context 
config>eth-cfm>slm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the length of time that the responder keeps a test active. If the time between packets exceeds this values within a test, the responder marks the previous test as complete. It treats any new packets from a peer with the same test ID, source MAC address, and MEP ID as a new test responding with the sequence number 1.

The no form of this command resets the timeout to the default value.

Default 

100

Parameters 
timer —
Specifies the amount of time in seconds.
Values—
10 to 100

 

system

Syntax 
system
Context 
config>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to configure connectivity fault management general system parameters.

The no form of this command resets the timeout to the default value.

Values - 10 to 100

sender-id

Syntax 
sender-id local local-name
sender-id system
no sender-id
Context 
config>eth-cfm>system
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the ETH-CFM Sender ID used in CFM PDUs.

This command enables the context to include the configured system name or a locally configured name as the Chassis ID in Sender ID TLVs for ETH-CFM PDUs sent from MEPs and MIPs. MEPs include the Sender ID TLV for the CCM (subsecond CCM-enabled MEPs do not support the Sender ID TLV) in LBM/LBR and LTM/LTR PDUs. MIPs include this value in the LBR and LTR PDUs.

Note:

LBR functions reflect back all TLVs received in the LBM unchanged, including the Sender ID TLVs.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Default 

no sender-id

Parameters 
local-name —
Specifies to use a local name, up to 45 alphanumeric characters, as the Sender ID.
system—
Specifies to use the configured system name as the Sender ID.

3.11.2.1.7. Testhead Commands

test-oam

Syntax 
test-oam
Context 
config
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to configure Operations, Administration, and Maintenance test parameters.

testhead-profile

Syntax 
testhead-profile profile-id create
Context 
config>test-oam
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to create service testhead profiles which are used by the Y.1564/RFC 2544 testhead (also known as, traffic generator) OAM tool. A service testhead profile configures the parameters, such as contents of the frame payload that is generated by traffic generator, the size of the frame, test duration, test acceptance criteria, and other criteria to be used by the testhead tool.

The profile is used by the testhead OAM tool to generate the appropriate frame at the configured rate and measure the performance parameters (FD, FDV, and loss). At the end of the test run, the tool compares the measured values against the test acceptance criteria that is configured in the profile to determine whether the service is within bounds of the acceptance criteria or not.

The no form of this command removes user created profile from the system.

Parameters 
profile-id—
Specifies the identifier for the profile.
Values—
1 to 10

 

acceptance-criteria

Syntax 
[no] acceptance-criteria acceptance-criteria-id create
Context 
configure>test-oam>testhead-profile
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to specify the test acceptance criteria to be used by the testhead OAM tool to declare the PASS/FAIL result at the completion of the test.

Users can create up to 4 different acceptance criteria per profile to measure different SLA needs. User has an option to specify only one of the acceptance criteria to be specified with the testhead OAM tool during the invocation of the test.

The no form of this command removes the test acceptance criteria.

Default 

no defaults

Parameters 
acceptance-criteria-id—
Specifies a number to identify the test acceptance criteria. It is a decimal number used to identify the test acceptance criteria and to use when starting the throughput test.
Values—
1 to 4

 

cir-threshold

Syntax 
[no] cir-threshold cir-threshold
Context 
configure>test-oam>testhead-profile>acceptance-criteria
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command compares the specified value for the CIR rate with the measured CIR rate at the end of the test to declare the test result. If the measured value is greater than the specified value, the test is declared as ‘PASS’, else it is considered to be ‘FAIL’.

The no form of this command disables the comparison of the parameter with the measured value at the end of the test. The threshold value is ignored and not considered for declaring the test result.

Default 

no cir-threshold

Parameters 
threshold—
Specifies the value, in kbps, for comparison with the measured value.
Values—
0 to 1000000

 

jitter-rising-threshold

Syntax 
[no] jitter-rising-threshold threshold
Context 
configure>test-oam>testhead-profile>acceptance-criteria
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command compares the specified value for the jitter with the measured jitter at the end of the test to declare the test result. If the measured value is greater than the specified value, the test is declared as ‘FAIL’, else it is considered to be ‘PASS’.

The no form of this command disables the comparison of the parameter with the measured value at the end of the test. The threshold value is ignored and not considered for declaring the test result.

Default 

no jitter-rising-threshold

Parameters 
threshold—
Specifies, in microseconds, the value for comparison with measured value.
Values—
0 to 2147483000

 

jitter-rising-threshold-in

Syntax 
[no] jitter-rising-threshold-in in-profile-threshold
Context 
configure>test-oam>testhead-profile>acceptance-criteria
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command compares the specified value for the jitter with the measured jitter for green/in-profile packets at the end of the test to declare the test result. If the measured value is greater than the specified value, the test is declared as ‘FAIL’, else it is considered to be ‘PASS’.

The no form of this command disables the comparison of the parameter with the measured value at the end of the test. The threshold value is ignored and not considered for declaring the test result.

Default 

no jitter-rising-threshold-in

Parameters 
In-profile-threshold—
Specifies the value, in microseconds, for comparison with measured value.
Values—
0 to 2147483000

 

jitter-rising-threshold-out

Syntax 
[no] jitter-rising-threshold-out out-profile-threshold
Context 
configure>test-oam>testhead-profile>acceptance-criteria
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command compares the specified value for the jitter with the measured jitter for yellow/out-of-profile packets at the end of the test to declare the test result. If the measured value is greater than the specified value, the test is declared as ‘FAIL’, else it is considered to be ‘PASS’.

The no form of this command disables the comparison of the parameter with the measured value at the end of the test. The threshold value is ignored and not considered for declaring the test result.

Default 

no jitter-rising-threshold-out

Parameters 
out-profile-threshold—
Specifies, in microseconds, the value for comparison with measured value.
Values—
0 to 2147483000

 

latency-rising-threshold

Syntax 
[no] latency-rising-threshold threshold
Context 
configure>test-oam>testhead-profile>acceptance-criteria
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command compares the specified value for the latency with the measured latency at the end of the test to declare the test result. If the measured value is greater than the specified value, the test is declared as ‘FAIL’, else it is considered to be ‘PASS’.

The no form of this command disables the comparison of the parameter with the measured value at the end of the test. The threshold value is ignored and not considered for declaring the test result.

Default 

no latency-rising-threshold

Parameters 
threshold—
Specifies the value, in microseconds, for comparison with measured value.
Values—
0 to 2147483000

 

latency-rising-threshold-in

Syntax 
[no] latency-rising-threshold-in in-profile-threshold
Context 
configure>test-oam>testhead-profile>acceptance-criteria
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command compares the specified value for the latency with the measured latency for green/in-profile packets at the end of the test to declare the test result. If the measured value is greater than the specified value, the test is declared as ‘FAIL’, else it is considered to be ‘PASS’.

The no form of this command disables the comparison of the parameter with the measured value at the end of the test. The threshold value is ignored and not considered for declaring the test result.

Default 

no latency-rising-threshold-in

Parameters 
In-profile-threshold—
Specifies the value, in microseconds, for comparison with measured value.
Values—
0 to 2147483000

 

latency-rising-threshold-out

Syntax 
[no] latency-rising-threshold out-profile-threshold
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> acceptance-criteria
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command compares the specified value for the latency with the measured latency of yellow or out-of-profile packets at the end of the test to declare the test result. If the measured value is greater than the specified value, the test is declared as ‘FAIL’, else it is considered to be ‘PASS’.

The no form of this command disables the comparison of the parameter with the measured value at the end of the test. The threshold value is ignored and not considered for declaring the test result.

Default 

no latency-rising-threshold-out

Parameters 
out-profile-threshold—
Specifies the value, in microseconds, for comparison with measured value
Values—
0 to 2147483000

 

loss-rising-threshold

Syntax 
[no] loss-rising-threshold threshold
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> acceptance-criteria
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command compares the specified value for the Frame Loss Ratio (FLR) with the measured FLR at the end of the test to declare the test result. If the measured value is greater than the specified value, the test is declared as ‘FAIL’, else it is considered to be ‘PASS’.

Frame Loss Ratio is computed as a ratio of the difference of number of received frames, to number of injected or sent frames, divided by the number of sent frames.

The no form of this command disables the comparison of the parameter with the measured value at the end of the test. The threshold value is ignored and not considered for declaring the test result.

Default 

no loss-rising-threshold

Parameters 
threshold—
Specifies the value for comparison with measured value. the loss-rising-threshold is specified as a number which denotes one ten-thousandth (1/10000) of a percent. For example, specifying a value of 1 is equivalent to 0.0001%, and specifying a value of 10000 is equivalent to 1%.
Values—
1 to 1000000

 

loss-rising-threshold-in

Syntax 
[no] loss-rising-threshold-in in-profile-threshold
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> acceptance-criteria
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command compares the specified value for the frame loss ratio (FLR) with the measured FLR for green or in-profile packets at the end of the test to declare the test result. If the measured value is greater than the specified value, the test is declared as ‘FAIL’, else it is considered to be ‘PASS’.

Frame Loss Ratio for green/in-profile packets is computed as a ratio of the difference of number of received green or in-profile frames to number of injected/sent green/in-profile frames divided by the number of sent green frames.

The no form of this command disables the comparison of the parameter with the measured value at the end of the test. The threshold value is ignored and not considered for declaring the test result.

Default 

no loss-rising-threshold-in

Parameters 
in-profile-threshold—
Specifies the value for comparison with measured value. The loss-rising-threshold is specified as a number which denotes one ten-thousandth (1/10000) of a percent. For example, specifying a value of 1 is equivalent to 0.0001%, and specifying a value of 10000 is equivalent to 1%.
Values—
1 to 1000000

 

loss-rising-threshold-out

Syntax 
[no] loss-rising-threshold-out out-profile-threshold
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> acceptance-criteria
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command compares the specified value for the frame loss ratio (FLR) with the measured FLR for yellow/out-of-profile packets at the end of the test to declare the test result. If the measured value is greater than the specified value, the test is declared as ‘FAIL’, else it is considered to be ‘PASS’.

Frame Loss ratio for yellow/out-of-profile packets is computed as a ratio of the difference of number of received yellow frames to number of injected/sent yellow frames divided by the number of sent yellow frames.

The no form of this command disables the comparison of the parameter with the measured value at the end of the test. The threshold value is ignored and not considered for declaring the test result.

Default 

no loss-rising-threshold

Parameters 
out-profile-threshold—
Specifies the value for comparison with measured value. The loss-rising-threshold is specified as a number which denotes one ten-thousandth (1/10000) of a percent. For example, specifying a value of 1 is equivalent to 0.0001%, and specifying a value of 10000 is equivalent to 1%.
Values—
1 to 1000000

 

pir-threshold

Syntax 
[no] pir-threshold pir-threshold
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> acceptance-criteria
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command compares the specified value for the PIR rate with the measured PIR rate at the end of the test to declare the test result. If the measured value is greater than the specified value, the test is declared as ‘PASS’, else it is considered to be ‘FAIL’.

The no form of this command disables the comparison of the parameter with the measured value at the end of the test. Basically, the threshold value is ignored and not considered for declaring the test result.

Default 

no pir-threshold

Parameters 
threshold—
Specifies the value, in kbps, for comparison with measured value.
Values—
0 to 1000000

 

description

Syntax 
description profile-description
Context 
config> test-oam>testhead-profile
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command associates a description with the profile.

The no form the command removes description.

Parameters 
profile-description—
Specifies a description for the profile.
Values—
ASCII string

 

dot1p

Syntax 
[no] dot1p in-profile dot1p-value out-of-profile dot1p-value
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to configure the Dot1p values to identify the in-profile or green packets and out-of-profile or yellow packets. The values configured using this command are used by the testhead tool on the local end (that is, the node on which the testhead tool is executed) to match the dot1p values received in the packet header and identify green and yellow packets and appropriately account the packets. These values are used only when the testhead tool is invoked with the parameter color-aware is set to ‘enable’.

The dot1p in-profile value (that is, packets with dot1p values in the L2 header equal to the dot1p-in-profile value configured is considered to be in-profile or green packet) is used to count the number of in-profile packets and measure the latency, jitter, and FLR for in-profile packets. Similarly, the dot1p out-profile is used to count the total out-of-profile or yellow packets and measure latency, jitter, and FLR for out-of-profile or yellow packets.

While the testhead tool is initiated, if color-aware is set to enable and no values are specified (that is, the no form of this command is used in the profile), the CLI gives an error. If values are specified, the configured values are used to match and identify in-profile and out-of-profile packets.

The no form of this command disables the use of dot1p to identify a green or yellow packet.

Note: Testhead OAM tool does not mark the packets below CIR as in-profile packets and packets above CIR and below PIR as out-of-profile packets using the Dot1p or DSCP or other packet header bits to indicate the color of the packet (for example: DEI bit), as the 7210 SAS access SAP ingress does not support color-aware metering. It is used to only identify green and yellow packets and maintain a count of received green and yellow packets when the tests are run in color-aware mode.

Default 

The no form of this command is the default. There are no defaults for the dot1p values.

Parameters 
in-profile dot1p-value—
Specifies the dot1p value used to identify green or in-profile packets. It must be different from the value configured for yellow or out-of-profile packets.
Values—
0 to 7

 

out-profile dot1p-value—
Specifies the dot1p value used to identify green or out-of-profile packets. It must be different from the value configured for green or in-profile packets.
Values—
0 to 7

 

frame-payload

Syntax 
[no] frame-payload frame-payload-id [payload-type [l2|tcp-ipv4|udp-ipv4|ipv4] create
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to specify the packet header values to be used in frames generated by the testhead tool.

User can create up to 4 different types of frame payload representing different kinds of traffic, within a profile. User chooses one among these when starting the throughput test.

The parameter payload-type determines the packet header fields that are used to populate the frame generated by the testhead OAM tool. The packet header fields use the value from the parameters configured under the frame-payload. For example, when the payload-type is configured as “l2”, software uses the parameters src-mac, dst-mac, vlan-tag-1 (if configured), vlan-tag-2 (if configured), ethertype, and data-pattern. See the following for parameters used when other values are specified with payload-type.

The no form of this command removes the frame payload context.

Parameters 
frame-payload-id—
A number to identify the frame-payload. it is an integer used to identify the frame type to use when starting the throughput test.
Values—
1 to 4

 

frame-payload-type—
Identifies whether the frame payload is L2 traffic, IP traffic, TCP/IP traffic or UDP/IP traffic and uses appropriate parameters to build the frame to be generated by the testhead OAM tool. It defaults to tcp-ipv4, if the user does not specify the value during creation of the new frame-payload.
Values—
l2|tcp-ipv4|udp-ipv4|ipv4
If l2 is specified, use src-mac+dst-mac+vlan-tag-1(if available)+vlan-tag-2 (if available)+ethertype+data-pattern.
If tcp-ipv4 or udp-ipv4 is specified, use src-mac+dst-mac+vlan-tag-1(if available)+vlan-tag-2 (if available)+ethertype=0x0800+src-ipv4+dst-ipv4+ip-ttl+ip-dscp or ip-tos+TCP/UDP Protocol Number+src-port+dst-port+data-pattern.
If ipv4 is specified, use src-mac+dst-mac+vlan-tag-1(if available)+vlan-tag-2 (if available)+ethertype=0x0800+src-ipv4+dst-ipv4+ip-ttl+ip-dscp or ip-tos+ip-proto+data-pattern.

 

data-pattern

Syntax 
[no] data-pattern data-pattern
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> frame-payload
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to specify the data pattern to populate the payload portion of the frame generated by the testhead tool.

This value can be specified if the payload-type is configured as l2 or ipv4 or tcp-ipv4 or udp-ipv4. For all these payload types, the frame with the appropriate headers is created and the payload portion of the frame, is filled up with the data-pattern-value specified with this command, repeating it as many times as required to fill up the remaining length of the payload.

The no form of this command uses the default data-pattern value of 0xa1b2c3d4e5f6.

Default 

no data-pattern

Parameters 
data-pattern—
Specifies the data-pattern to fill the payload data.
Values—
A string of decimal or hexadecimal numbers of length in the range 1-64.

 

description

Syntax 
[no] description frame-description
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> frame-payload
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to add some description to the frame type created to describe the purpose or identify the usage or any other such purpose.

The no form of this command removes the description.

Default 

no description

Parameters 
frame-description—
An ASCII string used to describe the frame.
Values—
ASCII string

 

dscp

Syntax 
[no] dscp dscp-name
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> frame-payload
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to specify the IP DSCP value to use in the IP header for the frame generated by the testhead tool.

This value can be specified if the payload-type is configured as ipv4 or tcp-ipv4 or udp-ipv4 and if configured is used by the testhead tool to populate the IP DSCP field of the IP header. If it is not specified it defaults to 0 when the payload type is ipv4, tcp-ipv4, and udp-ipv4. The testhead tool does not use the value specified with this command if the payload-type is “l2”.

NOTES:

  1. If both IP DSCP and IP ToS is configured, IP DSCP take precedence.
  2. If IP DSCP is not configured, but IP ToS is configured, the IP ToS value is used.

The no form of this command indicates that the field is not to be used in the frame generated by the tool.

Default 

no dscp

Parameters 
dscp-name—
Specifies the IPv4 DSCP value to use in the IP header.
Values—
Valid values from the list of DSCP names.
be|ef|cp1|cp2|cp3|cp4|cp5|cp6|cp7|cp9|cs1|cs2|cs3|cs4|cs5|nc1|nc2|af11|af12|af13|af21|af22|af23|af31|af32|af33|af41|af42|af43|cp11|cp13|cp15|cp17|cp19|cp21|cp23|cp25|cp27|cp29|cp31|cp33|cp35|cp37|cp39|cp41|cp42|cp43|cp44|cp45|cp47|cp49|cp50|cp51|cp52|cp53|cp54|cp55|cp57|cp58|cp59|cp60|cp61|cp62|cp63

 

dst-ip

Syntax 
[no] dst-ip ipv4 ipv4-address
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> frame-payload
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to specify the destination IPv4 address to use in the IP header for the frame generated by the testhead tool.

This value must be specified if the payload-type is configured as ipv4 or tcp-ipv4 or udp-ipv4. The testhead tool does not use the value specified with this command if the payload-type is “l2”.

The no form of this command indicates that the field is not to be used in the frame generated by the tool.

Default 

no dst-ip, if the payload-type is set to ipv4, tcp-ipv4, udp-ipv4.

Parameters 
ipv4-address—
Specifies the IPv4 destination IP address to use in the IP header.
Values—
Valid IPv4 address specified in dotted decimal format (that is, a.b.c.d) where a, b, c, d are decimal values in the range1-255.

 

dst-mac

Syntax 
[no] dst-mac mac-address
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> frame-payload
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

Specifies the value of source MAC address to use in the frame generated by the testhead OAM tool. Only unicast MAC address must be specified.

This value must be specified for all possible values of payload-type.

The no form of this command indicates that the field is not to be used in the frame generated by the tool.

Default 

no dst-mac

Parameters 
mac-address—
Specify the unicast source MAC address.
Values—
It is specified as a hexadecimal string using the notation xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx. The values for xx can be in the range 0-9 and a-f.

 

dst-port

Syntax 
[no] dst-port
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> frame-payload
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to specify the destination port to use in the TCP header for the frame generated by the testhead tool.

This value must be specified if the payload-type is configured as tcp-ipv4 or udp-ipv4. The testhead tool does not use the value specified with this command if the payload-type is l2 or ipv4.

The no form of this command indicates that the field is not to be used in the frame generated by the tool.

Default 

no dst-port, if the payload-type is set to tcp-ipv4 or udp-ipv4

Parameters 
dst-port-number—
Specifies the destination TCP/UDP port number to use in the frame’s TCP/UDP header.
Values—
Valid TCP/UDP port number specified in decimal or hexadecimal in the range 0 to 65535.

 

ethertype

Syntax 
[no] ethertype ethertype-value
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> frame-payload
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to specify the ethertype of the frame generated by the testhead tool.

This value must be specified if the payload-type is “l2”. The testhead tool uses the value specified with this command only if the payload-type is “l2”. For all other values of payload-type, the ethertype value used in the frame generated by the testhead tool uses specific value based on the payload-type. See the frame-payload CLI description for more information.

The no form of this command indicates that the field is not to be used in the frame generated by the tool.

Default 

no ethertype, if the payload-type is set to l2, else the values used depends on the payload-type specified.

Parameters 
ethertype-value—
Specifies the frame payload ethertype value.
Values—
Valid ethertype values specified in the range 0x0600..0xffff, as hexadecimal string.

 

ip-proto

Syntax 
[no] ip-proto ip-protocol-number
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> frame-payload
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to specify the IP protocol value to use in the IP header for the frame payload generated by the testhead tool.

This value must be specified if the payload-type is configured as ipv4. If the payload-type is specified as tcp-ipv4 or udp-ipv4, the appropriate standard defined values are used. The testhead tool does not use the value specified with this command if the payload-type is “l2”.

The no form of this command indicates that the field is not to be used in the frame generated by the tool.

Default 

no ip-proto

Parameters 
ip-protocol-number—
Specifies the IP-protocol number to use in the IP header.
Values—
Valid IP protocol number specified as a decimal number in the range 0-255.

 

ip-tos

Syntax 
[no] ip-tos type-of-service
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> frame-payload
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to specify the IP TOS (Type of Service) value to use in the IP header for the frame generated by the testhead tool.

This value can be specified if the payload-type is configured as ipv4 or tcp-ipv4 or udp-ipv4 and if configured is used by the testhead tool to populate the IP TOS field of the IP header. If it is not specified it defaults to 0 when the payload type is ipv4, tcp-ipv4, and udp-ipv4. The testhead tool does not use the value specified with this command if the payload-type is “l2”.

NOTES:

  1. If both IP DSCP and IP ToS is configured, IP DSCP take precedence.
  2. If IP DSCP is not configured, but IP ToS is configured, the IP ToS value is used.

The no form of this command indicates that the field is not to be used in the frame generated by the tool.

Default 

no ip-tos

Parameters 
type-of-service—
Specifies the value of ToS bits to use in the IP header.
Values—
0 to 8

 

ip-ttl

Syntax 
[no] ip-ttl ttl-value
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> frame-payload
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to specify the IP TTL (Time-to-Live) value to use in the IP header for the frame generated by the testhead tool.

This value can be specified if the payload-type is configured as ipv4 or tcp-ipv4 or udp-ipv4 and if configured is used by the testhead tool to populate the IP TTL field of the IP header. If it is not specified it defaults to 1 when the payload type is ipv4, tcp-ipv4, and udp-ipv4. The testhead tool does not use the value specified with this command if the payload-type is “l2”.

The no form of this command indicates that the field is not to be used in the frame generated by the tool.

Default 

no ip-ttl

Parameters 
ttl-value—
Specifies the IP TTL value, as a decimal number, to use in the IP header.
Values—
1 to 255

 

src-ip

Syntax 
[no] src-ip ipv4 ipv4-address
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> frame-payload
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to specify the source IPv4 address to use in the IP header for the frame generated by the testhead tool.

This value must be specified if the payload-type is configured as ipv4 or tcp-ipv4 or udp-ipv4. The testhead tool does not use the value specified with this command if the payload-type is “l2”.

The no form of this command indicates that the field is not to be used in the frame generated by the tool.

Default 

no src-ip, if the payload-type is set to ipv4, tcp-ipv4, udp-ipv4.

Parameters 
ipv4-address—
Specifies the IPv4 source IP address to use in the IP header.
Values—
Valid IPv4 address specified in dotted decimal format (that is, a.b.c.d) where a, b, c, d are decimal values in the range1-255

 

src-mac

Syntax 
[no] src-mac mac-address
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> frame-payload
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command specifies the unicast source MAC address to use in the frame generated by the testhead OAM tool.

This value must be specified for all possible values of payload-type.

The no form of this command indicates that the field is not to be used in the frame generated by the tool.

Default 

no src-mac

Parameters 
mac-address—
Specifies the unicast source MAC address.
Values—
It is specified as a hexadecimal string using the notation xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx. The values for xx can be in the range 0 to 9 and a-f.

 

src-port

Syntax 
[no] src-port src-port-number
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> frame-payload
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to specify the source port to use in the TCP header for the frame generated by the testhead tool.

This value must be specified if the payload-type is configured as tcp-ipv4 or udp-ipv4. The testhead tool does not use the value specified with this command if the payload-type is l2 or ipv4.

The no form of this command indicates that the field is not to be used in the frame generated by the tool.

Default 

no src-port, if the payload-type is set to tcp-ipv4 or udp-ipv4

Parameters 
src-port-number—
Specifies the source TCP/UDP port number to use in the frame’s TCP/UDP header.
Values—
Valid TCP/UDP port number specified in decimal or hexadecimal in the range 0 to 65535.

 

vlan-tag-1

Syntax 
[no] vlan-tag-1 vlan-id vlan-id-value [tpid tpid value] [dot1p dot1p-value]
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> frame-payload
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to specify the values to be used for the outermost vlan-tag (often called the outer vlan) in the frame generated by the testhead OAM tool. The tool uses the values specified for VLAN ID, dot1p bits and TPID in populating the outermost VLAN tag in the frame generated.

Configuration of this parameter is optional and it is used for all possible values of payload-type, if configured.

The no form of this command indicates that the field is not to be used in the frame generated by the tool.

NOTES:

  1. The user must ensure that TPID/ethertype configured with this command matches the QinQ ethertype value in use on the port on which the test SAP is configured or must match 0x8100 if the test SAP is configured on a Dot1q encapsulation port, for the frame generated by the tool to be processed successfully on SAP ingress. If this value does not match the one configured under the port, frames generated by the testhead are dropped by the node on SAP ingress due to ethertype mismatch.
  2. The user must ensure that VLAN ID configured with this command matches the outermost VLAN tag of the QinQ SAP or the Dot1q SAP used for the test SAP for the frame generated by the tool to be processed successfully on SAP ingress. If this value does not match the one configured for the SAP, frames generated by the testhead are dropped by the node on SAP ingress due to VLAN ID mismatch.
  3. The Dot1p bits specified for the outermost tag can be used for SAP ingress QoS classification.
Default 

no vlan-tag-1

Parameters 
vlan-id-value—
Specifies the VLAN ID to use to populate the VLAN ID value of the VLAN tag. No defaults are chosen and the user has to specify a value to use, if they configure this command.
Values—
Values can be in the range 0 to 4094.

 

tpid-value—
Specifies the TPID (also known as, ethertype) to use for the VLAN tag addition. It defaults to 0x8100 if user does not specify it.
Values—
Values can be any of the valid ethertype values allowed for use with VLAN tags in the range 0x0600..0xffff.

 

Dot1p-value—
Specifies the Dot1p value to use to populate the Dot1p bits in the VLAN tag. It defaults to 0, if the user does not specify it.
Values—
Values can be in the range of 0 to 7.

 

vlan-tag-2

Syntax 
[no] vlan-tag-2 vlan-id vlan-id-value [tpid tpid value] [dot1p dot1p-value]
Context 
configure> test-oam> testhead-profile> frame-payload
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to specify the values to be used for the second vlan-tag (often called the inner vlan or the C-vlan) in the frame generated by the testhead OAM tool. The tool uses the values specified for VLAN ID, dot1p bits and TPID in populating the second VLAN tag in the frame generated.

Configuration of this parameter is optional and it is used for all possible values of payload-type, if configured.

The no form of this command indicates that the field is not to be used in the frame generated by the tool.

NOTES:

  1. The user must ensure that TPID/ethertype configured with this command is 0x8100 for the frame generated by the tool to be processed successfully on SAP ingress. If this value does not match 0x8100, frames generated by the testhead are dropped by the node on SAP ingress due to ethertype mismatch (7210 supports only 0x8100 as the ethertype value for the inner vlan tag).
  2. The user must ensure that VLAN ID configured with this command matches the outermost VLAN tag of the QinQ SAP or the Dot1q SAP used for the test SAP for the frame generated by the tool to be processed successfully on SAP ingress. If this value does not match the one configured for the SAP, frames generated by the testhead are dropped by the node on SAP ingress due to VLAN ID mismatch.
  3. The Dot1p bits specified for the outermost tag can be used for SAP ingress QoS classification.
Default 

no vlan-tag-2

Parameters 
vlan-id-value—
Specifies the VLAN ID to use to populate the VLAN ID value of the VLAN tag. No defaults are chosen and user has to specify a value to use, if they configure this command.
Values—
Values can be in the range 0 to 4094.

 

tpid-value—
Specifies the TPID (also referred to as, ethertype) to use for the VLAN tag addition. It defaults to 0x8100 if user does not specify it.
Values—
Values can be any of the valid ethertype values allowed for use with VLAN tags in the range 0x0600..0xffff.

 

Dot1p-value—
Specifies the Dot1p value to use to populate the Dot1p bits in the VLAN tag. It defaults to 0, if the user does not specify it.
Values—
Values can be in the range of 0 to 7

 

frame-size

Syntax 
[no] frame-size [64 to 9212]
Context 
config>test-oam>testhead-profile
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to specify the frame size of the packets generated by the test head tool. Any frame size in the specific range can be specified.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

1514

Parameters 
frame-size—
Specifies the size, in bytes, of the frame generated by the test head tool.
Values—
64 to 9212

 

rate

Syntax 
rate cir cir-rate-in-kbps [adaptation-rule adaptation-rule] [pir pir-rate-in-kbps]
no rate
Context 
config>test-oam>testhead-profile
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command specifies the committed information rate (CIR) and peak information rate (PIR) for a test head profile.

If the optional PIR rate is not specified, the test head tool generates traffic up to the configured CIR rate. The CIR rate specifies the bandwidth or throughput that the user needs to validate. If specified, the PIR value must be greater than or equal to the CIR value. The test head tool then generates traffic up to the configured PIR value.

Specify the adaptation-rule parameter to instruct the system to derive the operational hardware rate for both the CIR and PIR. The software finds the best operational rate based on the user-specified constraint and the hardware-based rate supported on the platform. Refer to the 7210 SAS-M, T, Mxp, Sx, S Quality of Service Guide for more information about the hardware rate steps supported for test head traffic generator meters on different platforms.

The no form of this command sets the CIR value to the default; the PIR value is not set. Consequently, if the test head tool is run after the no rate command is run, the test generates traffic up to the configured CIR rate.

Default 

rate cir 1000 kbps adaptation-rule closest

Parameters 
cir-rate-in-kbps—
Specifies the cir parameter, in kilobits per second (kbps), which overrides the default CIR value. The configured value must be a positive integer; fractional values are not allowed. The actual CIR rate depends on the meter adaptation-rule parameters and the hardware. If the rate command is not executed or the CIR parameter is not explicitly specified, the default CIR value applies.
Values—
0 to 10000000, max

 

adaptation-rule—
Specifies the constraints enforced when adapting the CIR and PIR rate, defined using the rate command, to the hardware rates supported by the platform. The adaptation-rule parameter requires a qualifier that defines the constraint used to derive the operational CIR and PIR rates. If the adaptation-rule is not specified, the default of closest applies. The max (maximum), min (minimum), and closest qualifiers are mutually exclusive.
Default—
closest
Values—
max — Specifies that the operational PIR or CIR value is equal to or less than the specified rate, taking into account the hardware step size. The hardware step size varies based on the rate and the platform.
min — Specifies that the operational PIR or CIR value is equal to or greater than the specified rate, taking into account the hardware step size. The hardware step size varies based on the rate and the platform.
closest — Specifies that the operational PIR or CIR value is equal to the closest specified rate, taking into account the hardware step size. The hardware step size varies based on the rate and the platform.

 

pir-rate-in-kbps—
Specifies the pir parameter, in kilobits per second (kbps), which overrides the default administrative PIR value. The configured value must be a positive integer; fractional values are not allowed. The actual PIR rate depends on the meter adaptation-rule parameters and the hardware. If the rate command is not executed or the PIR parameter is not explicitly specified, the default PIR value is used.
Values—
0 to 10000000, max

 

test-completion-trap-enable

Syntax 
[no] test-completion-trap-enable
Context 
configure>test-oam>testhead-profile
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command specifies that the test completion trap needs to be generated after the completion of the test or if the test is stopped. The trap contains the details of test configuration, the measured values, test completion status and PASS or FAIL result.

The no form of this command disables the generation of the event/log/trap after test completion.

Default 

no test-completion-trap-enable

test-duration

Syntax 
test-duration {[hours hours] [minutes minutes] [seconds seconds]}
Context 
config> test-oam>testhead-profile
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to specify the total test duration to be used for throughput measurement. The hours, minutes, and seconds specify the total duration of the throughput measurement. If all the parameters are specified together, the total test duration is set to the sum of the values specified for hours, minutes and seconds.

The no form of this command sets the value to the default value

Default 

3 minutes

Parameters 
hours—
Specifies the total number of hours to run the test. The total test duration is determined by the sum of the hours, minutes and seconds specified by the user.
Values—
0 to 24

 

minutes—
Specifies the total number of minutes to run the test. The total test duration is determined by the sum of the hours, minutes and seconds specified by the user.
Values—
0 to 60

 

seconds —
Specifies the total number of seconds to run the test. The total test duration is determined by the sum of the hours, minutes and seconds specified by the user.
Values—
0 to 60

 

3.11.2.1.7.1. OAM testhead commands

testhead

Syntax 
testhead test-name [owner owner-name] testhead-profile profile-id [frame-payload frame-payload-id] sap sap-id [fc fc-name] [acceptance-criteria acceptance-criteria-id [color-aware enable | disable]] [enforce-fc-check enable | disable]
testhead test-name [owner owner-name] stop
Context 
oam
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command executes the throughput test by generating traffic up to the configured rate and measuring the delay, delay-variation, and frame-loss ratio. At the end of the test run, the testhead command compares the measured values against the test acceptance criteria that is specified to determine whether the service is within bounds of the acceptance criteria. It reports a pass if the configured rate thresholds are achieved and the measured performance parameter (that is, latency, jitter, and FLR) values are less than the thresholds configured in the acceptance criteria. It reports a failure if the configured rate thresholds are not achieved or if any of the measured values for the performance parameters exceeds the thresholds configured in the acceptance criteria.

The user must specify the testhead-profile parameter, which determines traffic generation rate and the content of the frames used for traffic generation. If both the CIR and PIR is specified, or if only the PIR is specified (by setting CIR to zero), the tool generates traffic up to the configured PIR. If only the CIR is specified, the tool generates traffic up to the configured CIR.

If the acceptance-criteria parameter is not specified and color-aware is set to disable by default, the software displays the test result as “PASS” if the frame loss is zero and desired rate is achieved. For comparison with the measured rate, the test uses the configured CIR, if only the CIR is configured, or it uses the PIR, if either only the PIR is specified or both the CIR and PIR are set to non-zero values. Measured values of latency, jitter, and delay variation are not compared.

If the acceptance-criteria parameter is not specified and color-aware is set to enable, the software displays the test result as “PASS” if the measured CIR and PIR match the configured CIR and PIR values and frame loss is zero, or if one of the following is true:

  1. the measured throughput rate (CIR + PIR) is equal to the configured CIR rate and if no PIR rate is configured
  2. the measured throughput rate (CIR + PIR) is equal to the configured PIR rate and if either no CIR rate is configured or if the CIR rate is configured

Otherwise, the test is declared failed. Measured values of latency, jitter, and delay variation are not compared.

If acceptance-criteria is specified and color-aware is set to enable, the test uses the configured packet header marking values (dot1p) to identify the color of the packet and classify it as green (in-profile) or yellow (out-of-profile). It measures the green packet (CIR) and the green/in-profile packet performance parameter values and the yellow packet rate (PIR) and the yellow/out-of-profile packet performance parameter values individually based on the packet markings. In addition to comparing the measured performance parameter values against the normal performance parameter threshold values (if enabled), if the user has enabled in/out thresholds for performance parameters in the acceptance criteria, the tool uses these values to compare against the measured values and declare a pass or fail result. The tool uses the cir-threshold and pir-threshold to compare against the measured CIR and PIR throughput rates and declare pass or fail if the thresholds specified by the cir-threshold and pir-threshold are achieved.

Note:

When color-aware mode is set to enable, the marking values used to identify both in-profile/green packet and out-of-profile/yellow packet must be configured. If either of the packet header marking values (for example, dot1p) is not configured by the user, the CLI displays an error.

If acceptance-criteria is specified and color-aware is set to disable, the tests are color blind (not color-aware). The tool does not use the configured packet header marking values to identify the color of the packet and treats all packets the same. The tool uses the normal thresholds configured in the acceptance-criteria (that is, the threshold values other than the in/out profile thresholds) to compare the measured values and declare a pass or fail result. The tool does not attempt to compare the in/out thresholds against measured values. The tool uses the cir-threshold and pir-threshold as follows.

  1. If no PIR is configured and if the measured throughput rate is equal to the configured cir-threshold rate, the desired rate is said to have been achieved and the tests continue to compare the measured performance parameter thresholds with the configured performance parameter thresholds (if any).
  2. If PIR rate is configured and no CIR is configured and if the measured throughput rate is equal to the configured pir-threshold rate, the desired rate is said to have been achieved and the tests continue to compare the measured performance parameter thresholds with the configured performance parameter thresholds (if any).
  3. If PIR is configured and CIR is configured, and if the measured throughput rate is equal to the configured pir-threshold rate, the desired rate is said to have been achieved and the tests continue to compare the measured performance parameter thresholds with the configured performance parameter thresholds (if any).

The test-name and owner-name together uniquely identify a particular testhead invocation or session. The results of the testhead session are associated with the test-name and owner-name. Use these parameters to display the results of the testhead tool and to clear the results of a completed run. Multiple invocations of the testhead tool with the same test-name and owner-name is not allowed if the results of the old run using the same pair of test-name and owner-name are present. That is, the results are not overwritten when the testhead is invoked again with the same values for test-name and owner-name. The results must be cleared explicitly using the clear command before invoking the testhead tool with the same test-name and owner-name. Results for up to 100 unique sessions, each using a different test-name and owner-name, are saved in memory (that is, the results are not available for use after a reboot).

Note:

The testhead command is not saved in the configuration file after a reboot.

See Prerequisites for Using the Testhead Tool for more information.

Parameters 
test-name—
Specifies the test name as an ASCII string up to 32 characters.
owner test-owner
Specifies the testhead operation owner as an ASCII string up to 32 characters.
testhead-profile profile-id
Specifies the testhead profile ID to use with this run or session of testhead invocation. The user must configure the testhead profile beforehand using the commands in config>test-oam>testhead-profile context.
Values—
1 to 10

 

frame-payload frame-payload-id
Specifies the frame payload ID to use for this run. It configures the parameters used to construct the frame generated by the testhead tool. If this parameter is not specified, the run, by default, uses parameters configured under frame-payload-id 1.
Values—
1 to 4
 

 

acceptance-criteria acceptance-criteria-id
Specifies the test acceptance criteria parameters to use for this run. It identifies the parameters used to compare the measured performance values against the configured thresholds configured in the acceptance criteria. If this parameter is not specified, the run is declared pass if the throughput configured in the testhead-profile is achieved without any loss.
Values—
1 to 4
 

 

color-aware enable | disable—
Keyword to execute color-aware tests. If set to enable, the color-aware test is enabled. If set to disable, the non-color-ware test is enabled.
Default—
disable
sap sap-id
Specifies the test SAP. This parameter must be specified by the user.

See Configuration Guidelines for more information.

Values—
null - <port-id|lag-id>
dot1q - <port-id|lag-id>:qtag1
qinq - <port-id|lag-id>:qtag1.qtag2
port-id - slot/mda/port
lag-id - lag-<id>
lag - keyword
id - [1 to 200]
qtag1 - [0 to 4094]
qtag2 - [*|1 to 4094]

 

fc fc-name
Specifies the forwarding class (FC) to use to send the frames generated by the testhead tool.
Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

stop—
Keyword to stop the currently running test, if there is one. All performance results based on the data available up to the time the test is stopped are used to determine the pass or fail criteria. Additionally, the test-status displays “Stopped” and test completion status is marked “Incomplete” or “No”.
enforce-fc-check enable | disable—
Keyword to enable or disable a check on the local node where the testhead OAM tool is run. The check ensures that the traffic generated by the testhead tool is received in the queue corresponding to the FC specified by the fc fc-name parameter.
Default—
disable

3.11.2.1.8. OAM Performance Monitoring, Bin Group, and Session Commands

oam-pm

Syntax 
oam-pm session session-name {dmm | slm | twamp-light} {start | stop}
Context 
oam
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command allows the operator to start and stop on-demand OAM-PM sessions.

Parameters 
session-name—
Identifies the session name, up to 32 characters, that the test is associated with.
dmm—
Specifies the DMM test that is affected by the command.
slm—
Specifies the SLM test that is affected by the command.
twamp-light—
Specifies the TWAMP-Light test that is affected by the command.
start—
Keyword to manually start the test.
stop—
Keyword to manually stop the test.

oam-pm

Syntax 
oam-pm
Context 
config
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to configure storage parameters (including binning structures), availability/resiliency, and the individual proactive and on-demand tests used to gather performance and statistical data.

bin-group

Syntax 
bin-group bin-group-number [fd-bin-count fd-bin-count fdr-bin-count fdr-bin-count ifdv-bin-count ifdv-bin-count create]
no bin-group bin-group-number
Context 
config>oam-pm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the parameters for a specific bin group. Bin-group 1 is a default bin group and cannot be modified. If no bin group is assigned to an OAM-PM session, bin-group 1 is assigned by default. The default values for bin-group 1 are fd-bin-count 3 bin 1 lower-bound 5000 bin 2 lower-bound 10000, fdr-bin-count 2 bin 1 lower-bound 5000, and ifdv-bin-count 2 bin 1 lower-bound 5000.

The no form of this command removes the specified bin group.

Parameters 
bin-group-number—
Specifies the numerical identifier for a bin group. A bin group can only shut down and modified when all of the PM sessions referencing the bin group have been shut down. The bin group description may still be modified for active bin groups.
Values—
1 to 255

 

fd-bin-count—
Specifies the number of frame delay bins that are created.
Values—
2 to 10

 

fdr-bin-count—
Specifies the number of frame delay range bins that are created.
Values—
2 to 10

 

ifdv-bin-count—
Specifies the number of inter-frame delay variation bins that are created.
Values—
2 to 10

 

create—
Creates the specified bin group.

bin-type

Syntax 
bin-type {fd | fdr | ifdv}
no bin-type
Context 
config>oam-pm>bin-group
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the specified delay metric configuration context.

The no form of this command restores the default value.

Default 

bin-type fd

Parameters 
fd—
Enters the frame delay bin threshold configuration context.
fdr—
Enters the frame delay range bin threshold configuration context.
ifdv—
Enters the inter-frame delay variation bin threshold configuration context.

bin

Syntax 
bin bin-number
Context 
config>oam-pm>bin-group>bin
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to configure the floor threshold for an individual bin.

Parameters 
bin-number—
Specifies the bin to configure.
Values—
1 to 9

 

lower-bound

Syntax 
lower-bound microseconds
no lower-bound
Context 
config>oam-pm>bin-group>bin-type>bin
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the lower threshold for an individual bin. The operator does not have to specific a lower threshold for every bin that was previously defined by the bin-count for the specific type. By default, the lower threshold for each bin is the bin-number * 5000 microseconds. Lower thresholds in the previous adjacent bin must be lower than the threshold of the next higher bin threshold; otherwise, an error prevents the bin from entering the active state when the no shutdown command is issued for the bin group. Bin 0 is the result of the difference between 0 and the configured lower-bound of bin 1. The highest bin in the bin-count captures every result above the threshold. Any negative delay metric result is treated as zero and placed in bin 0.

The no form of this command restores the default threshold for the bin.

Parameters 
microseconds—
Specifies the lower threshold for the bin, in microseconds.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

Default—
bin-number * 5000

delay-event

Syntax 
delay-event {forward | backward | round-trip} lowest-bin bin-number
threshold raise-threshold [clear clear-threshold]
[no] delay-event {forward | backward | round-trip}
Context 
config>oam-pm>bin-group>bin-type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the bin number, threshold, and direction that are monitored to determine if a delay metric threshold crossing event has occurred or has cleared. It requires a bin number, a rising threshold value and a direction. If the [clear threshold] is not specified, the traffic crossing alarm is stateless. Stateless means the state is not carried forward to other measurement intervals. Each measurement interval is analyzed independently and without regard to any previous window. When a raise threshold is reached, the log event is generated. Each unique threshold can only be raised once for the threshold within measurement interval. If the optional clear threshold is specified, the traffic crossing alarm uses stateful behavior. Stateful means each unique previous event state is carried forward to following measurement intervals. If a threshold crossing event is raised another is not raised until a measurement interval completes, and the clear threshold has not been exceeded. A clear event is raised under that condition. In general, alarms are generated when there is a state change. The thresholds configured are applied to the count in specified bin and all higher number bins.

The no version of this command removes thresholding for this delay metric. The complete command must be configured in order to remove the specific threshold.

Default 

[no] delay-events

Parameters 
forward—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the forward direction bin.
backward—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the backward direction bin.
round-trip—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the roundtrip direction bin.
lowest-bin bin-number
Specifies the number of the bin to which the threshold is applied. This bin and all higher bins monitor the sum total results in these bins to determine if they have reached or crossed the configured threshold.
Values—
0 to 9

 

threshold raise-threshold
Specifies the rising numerical value in the range that determines when the event is to be generated, when value reached.
Values—
1 to 864000

 

clear clear-threshold
Specifies an optional numerical value in the range threshold used to indicate stateful behavior that allows the operator to configure a lower value than the rising threshold that determines when the clear event should be generated. Clear is generated when the end of measurement interval count is less than or equal to the configured value. If this option is not configured, the behavior is stateless. Zero means no results can existing in the lower bin or any higher.
Values—
0 to 863999

 

Default—
clear threshold disabled

description

Syntax 
description description-string
no description
Context 
config>oam-pm>bin-group
config>oam-pm>session
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command creates a text description stored in the configuration file for a configuration context. The description command associates a text string with a configuration context to help identify the content in the configuration file.

The no form of this command removes the string from the configuration.

Parameters 
description-string—
Specifies the description character string. Allowed values are any characters up to 80 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed in double quotes.

shutdown

Syntax 
[no] shutdown
Context 
config>oam-pm>bin-group
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>dmm
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>slm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command activates and deactivates the bin group or test.

When a bin group is active, only the description of the bin group can be modified. The bin group can only be shut down and modified when all references in the various PM sessions or individual tests have been shut down. If an active PM session is referencing the bin group, it generates an error indicating there are a number of active tests referencing the bin group, and it cannot be shut down.

When a test is shut down, no active measurements are made and any outstanding requests are ignored. If the test is started or stopped during a measurement interval, the suspect flag is set to “yes” to indicate that the data for the specific data set is in questionable.

The no form of this command activates the bin group or test.

session

Syntax 
session session-name [test-family {ethernet | ip} [session-type {proactive | on-demand}] create]
no session session-name
Context 
config>oam-pm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the individual session containers that house the test-specific configuration parameters. Since this session context provides only a container abstract to house the individual test functions, it cannot be shut down. Only individual tests sessions within the container may be shut down. No values, parameters, or configuration within this context may be changed if any individual test is active. Changes may only be made when all tests within the context are shut down, with the exception of the description.

The no form of this command removes the session.

Parameters 
session-name—
Specifies the name of the session container. 32 characters maximum.
ethernet—
Specifies that the test is based on the Ethernet layer.
ip—
Specifies that the test is based on the IP layer.
proactive—
Specifies that the test is always on, with no stop. Tests are proactive by default.
on-demand—
Specifies that the test runs on demand, with an immediate start and no stop, or a stop based on offset.
create—
Creates the session container.

bin-group

Syntax 
bin-group bin-group-number
no bin-group
Context 
config>oam-pm>session
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command links the individual test to the group of bins that map the probe responses.

The no form of this command installs the default bin-group 1 as the bin group for the session.

Default 

bin-group 1

Parameters 
bin-group-number—
Specifies the number of the bin-group that is referenced during this session.
Values—
1 to 255

 

ethernet

Syntax 
ethernet
Context 
config>oam-pm>session
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to configure Ethernet-specific source and destination information, priority, and Ethernet test tools on the launch point.

dest-mac

Syntax 
dest-mac ieee-address
no dest-mac
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command defines the destination MAC address of the peer MEP and sets the destination MAC address in the Layer 2 header to match. This must be a unicast address.

The no form of this command removes the session parameter.

Parameters 
ieee-address—
Specifies the Layer 2 unicast MAC address of the destination MEP.
Values—
6-byte unicast mac-address (xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx)

 

dmm

Syntax 
dmm [test-id test-id] [create]
no dmm
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the test ID to be assigned to the delay test, and creates the container to allow the individual test parameters to be configured.

The no form of this command removes the DMM test function from the PM session.

Parameters 
test-id—
Specifies the value to be placed in the 4-byte test ID field of the ETH-DMM PDU.
Values—
0 to 2147483647

 

create—
Creates the test.

data-tlv-size

Syntax 
data-tlv-size octets
no data-tlv-size
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>dmm
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>slm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command is used to add an optional Data TLV to the PDU and increase the frame on the wire by the specified amount. This value is not the total size of the frame on the wire, but rather the size of the additional padding added to the PDU.

The no form of this command removes the optional TLV.

Default 

data-tlv-size 0

Parameters 
octets—
Specifies the size of the optional Data TLV, in octets.
Values—
0, 3 to 2000

 

interval

Syntax 
interval milliseconds
no interval
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>dmm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the message period, or probe spacing, for the transmission of DMM frames.

The no form of this command restores the default value.

Default 

interval 1000

Parameters 
milliseconds—
Specifies the number of milliseconds between the transmission of DMM frames. The default value for the DMM interval is intentionally different from the default value for the SLM interval.
Values—
100, 1000, 10000

 

test-duration

Syntax 
test-duration seconds
no test-duration
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>dmm
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>slm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command defines the length of time the test runs before stopping automatically. This command is only a valid option when a session has been configured with a session-type of on-demand. This is not an option when the session-type is configured as proactive. All tests start immediately following the execution of a no shutdown command.

The test duration value, remaining time, or completed state, is not synchronized with the backup CPM. This means that a failover re-launches any active test without regard to the test-duration timer on the previously active CPM. When the test starts on the newly active CPM, the test-duration is reset to the beginning.

The no form of this command removes a previously configured test-duration and allows the test to execute until manually stopped.

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the interval, in seconds, during which the test continues to execute after the start time.
Values—
1 to 86400

 

priority

Syntax 
priority priority
no priority
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the CoS priority across all tests configured under this session. This CoS value is exposed to the various QoS policies the frame passes through and does not necessarily map directly to the CoS value on the wire.

The no form of this command restores the default value.

Default 

0

Parameters 
priority—
Specifies the CoS priority value.
Values—
0 to 7

 

slm

Syntax 
slm [test-id test-id] [create]
no slm
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the test ID to be assigned to the synthetic loss test, and creates the container to allow the individual test parameters to be configured.

The no form of this command removes the SLM test function from the PM session.

Parameters 
test-id—
Specifies the value to be placed in the 4-byte test ID field of the ETH-SLM PDU.
Values—
0 to 2147483647

 

create—
Creates the test.

flr-threshold

Syntax 
flr-threshold percentage
no flr-threshold
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>slm
config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light>loss-events
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the frame loss threshold that is used to determine whether the delta-t is available or unavailable. An individual delta-t with a frame loss threshold equal to or higher than the configured threshold is marked unavailable. An individual delta-t with a frame loss threshold lower than the configured threshold is marked as available.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

flr-threshold 50

Parameters 
percentage—
Specifies the percentage of the threshold.
Values—
50

 

loss-events

Syntax 
loss-events
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>slm
config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This context enables the context to define the loss events and thresholds that are to be tracked.

avg-flr-event

Syntax 
avg-flr-event {forward | backward} threshold raise-threshold-percent [clear clear-threshold-percent]
[no] avg-flr-event {forward | backward}
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>slm>loss-events
config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light>loss-events
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command sets the frame loss ratio threshold configuration that is applied and checked at the end of the measurement interval for the specified direction. This is a percentage based on average frame loss ratio over the entire measurement interval. If [clear clear-threshold-percent] is not specified, the traffic crossing alarm is stateless. Stateless means the state is not carried forward to other measurement intervals. Each measurement interval is analyzed independently and without regard to any previous window. Each unique event can only be raised once within measurement interval. If the optional clear threshold is specified, the traffic crossing alarm uses stateful behavior. Stateful means each unique previous event state is carried forward to following measurement intervals. If a threshold crossing event is raised, another is not raised until a measurement interval completes and the clear threshold has not been exceeded. A clear event is raised under that condition.

The no version of this command removes the event threshold for frame loss ratio. The direction must be included with the no command.

Default 

no avg-flr-event forward

no avg-flr-event backward

Parameters 
forward—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the forward direction value.
backward—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the backward direction value.
threshold raise-threshold-percent
Specifies the rising percentage that determines when the event is to be generated.
Values—
0.001 to 100.000

 

clear clear-threshold-percent
Specifies an optional value used for stateful behavior that allows the operator to configure a percentage of loss value lower than the rising percentage to indicate when the clear event should be generated.
Values—
0.000 to 99.999 A value 0.000 means there FLR must be 0.000.

 

chli-event

Syntax 
chli-event {forward | backward | aggregate} threshold raise-threshold [clear clear-threshold]
[no] chli-event {forward | backward | aggregate}
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>slm>loss-events
config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light>loss-events
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command sets the consecutive high loss interval (CHLI) threshold to be monitored and the associated thresholds using the counter of the specified direction. The aggregate is a function of summing forward and backward. This value is only used as a threshold mechanism and is not part of the stored statistics. If [clear clear-threshold] is not specified, the traffic crossing alarm is stateless. Stateless means the state is not carried forward to other measurement intervals. Each measurement interval is analyzed independently and without regard to any previous window. Each unique event can only be raised once within measurement interval. If the optional clear threshold is specified, the traffic crossing alarm uses stateful behavior. Stateful means each unique previous event state is carried forward to following measurement intervals. If a threshold crossing event is raised, another is not raised until a measurement interval completes and the clear threshold has not been exceeded. A clear event is raised under that condition.

The no version of this command removes the event threshold for frame loss ratio. The direction must be included with the no command.

Default 

no chli-event forward

no chli-event backward

no chli-event aggregate

Parameters 
forward—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the forward direction count.
backward—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the backward direction count.
aggregate—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the aggregate count (sum of forward and backward).
threshold raise-threshold
Specifies a numerical value compared to the CHLI counter that is the rising threshold that determines when the event is to be generated, when the percentage of loss value is reached.
Values—
1 to 864000

 

clear clear-threshold
Specifies an optional numerical value compared to the CHLI counter used for stateful behavior that allows the operator to configure a value lower than the rising percentage to indicate when the clear event should be generated.
Values—
0 to 863999 A value of zero means the CHLI counter must be 0.

 

hli-event

Syntax 
hli-event {forward | backward | aggregate} threshold raise-threshold [clear clear-threshold]
[no] hli-event {forward | backward | aggregate}
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>slm>loss-events
config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light>loss-events
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command sets the high loss interval (HLI) threshold to be monitored and the associated thresholds using the counter of the specified direction. The aggregate is a function of summing forward and backward. This value is only used as a threshold mechanism and is not part of the stored statistics. If the [clear clear-threshold] is not specified, the traffic crossing alarm is stateless. Stateless means the state is not carried forward to other measurement intervals. Each measurement interval is analyzed independently and without regard to any previous window. Each unique event can only be raised once within measurement interval. If the optional clear threshold is specified, the traffic crossing alarm uses stateful behavior. Stateful means each unique previous event state is carried forward to following measurement intervals. If a threshold crossing event is raised, another is not raised until a measurement interval completes and the clear threshold has not been exceeded. A clear event is raised under that condition.

The no version of this command removes the event threshold for frame loss ratio. The direction must be included with the no command.

Default 

no hli-event backward

no hli-event aggregate

Parameters 
forward—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the forward direction count.
backward—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the backward direction count.
aggregate—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the aggregate count (sum of forward and backward).
threshold raise-threshold
Specifies the rising threshold that determines when the event is to be generated, when the percentage of loss value is reached.
Values—
1 to 864000

 

clear clear-threshold
Specifies an optional value used for stateful behavior that allows the operator to configure a percentage of loss value lower than the rising percentage to indicate when the clear event should be generated.
Values—
0 to 863999 A value of zero means the HLI counter must be 0.

 

unavailability-event

Syntax 
unavailability-event {forward | backward | aggregate} threshold raise-threshold [clear clear-threshold]
[no] unavailability-event {forward | backward | aggregate}
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>slm>loss-events
config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light>loss-events
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command sets the threshold to be applied to the overall count of the unavailability indicators, not transitions, per configured direction. This value is compared to the 32 bit unavailability counter specific to the direction which tracks the number of individual delta-ts that have been recorded as unavailable. The aggregate is a function of summing forward and backward. This value is only used as a threshold mechanism and is not part of the stored statistics. If the [clear clear-threshold] is not specified, the traffic crossing alarm is stateless. Stateless means the state is not carried forward to other measurement intervals. Each measurement interval is analyzed independently and without regard to any previous window. Each unique event can only be raised once within measurement interval. If the optional clear threshold is specified, the traffic crossing alarm uses stateful behavior. Stateful means each unique previous event state is carried forward to following measurement intervals. If a threshold crossing event is raised, another is not raised until a measurement interval completes and the clear threshold has not been exceeded. A clear event is raised under that condition.

The no version of this command removes the event threshold for frame loss ratio. The direction must be included with the no command.

Default 

no unavailable-event forward

no unavailable-event backward

no unavailable-event aggregate

Parameters 
forward—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the forward direction count.
backward—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the backward direction count.
aggregate—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the aggregate count (sum of forward and backward).
threshold —
Specifies a numerical value compared to the unavailability counter that is the rising threshold that determines when the event is to be generated, when value reached
Values—
1 to 864000

 

clear clear-threshold
an optional value used for stateful behavior that allows the operator to configure a percentage of loss value lower than the rising percentage to indicate when the clear event should be generated
Values—
0 to 863999 A value of zero means the unavailability counter must be 0

 

undet-availability-event

Syntax 
undet-availability-event {forward | backward | aggregate} threshold raise-threshold [clear clear-threshold]
[no] undet-availability-event {forward | backward | aggregate}
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>slm>loss-events
config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light>loss-events
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command sets the threshold to be applied to the overall count of the undetermined availability indicators, not transitions, per configured direction. This value is compared to the 32 bit unavailability counter specific to the direction which tracks the number of individual delta-ts that have been recorded as undetermined available. The aggregate is a function of summing forward and backward. This value is only used as a threshold mechanism and is not part of the stored statistics. If the [clear clear-threshold] is not specified, the traffic crossing alarm is stateless. Stateless means the state is not carried forward to other measurement intervals. Each measurement interval is analyzed independently and without regard to any previous window. Each unique event can only be raised once within measurement interval. If the optional clear threshold is specified, the traffic crossing alarm uses stateful behavior. Stateful means each unique previous event state is carried forward to following measurement intervals. If a threshold crossing event is raised, another is not raised until a measurement interval completes and the clear threshold has not been exceeded. A clear event is raised under that condition.

The no version of this command removes the event threshold for frame loss ratio. The direction must be included with the no command.

Default 

no undetermined-available-event forward

no undetermined-available-event backward

no undetermined-available-event aggregate

Parameters 
forward—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the forward direction count.
backward—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the backward direction count.
aggregate—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the aggregate count (sum of forward and backward).
threshold raise-threshold
Specifies the rising threshold that determines when the event is to be generated, when value reached.
Values—
1 to 864000

 

clear clear-threshold
Specifies an optional value used for stateful behavior that allows the operator to configure a percentage of loss value lower than the rising percentage to indicate when the clear event should be generated
Values—
0 to 863999 A value of zero means the undetermined availability counter must be 0.

 

undet-unavailability-event

Syntax 
undet-availability-event {forward | backward | aggregate} threshold raise-threshold [clear clear-threshold]
[no] undet-availability-event {forward | backward | aggregate}
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>slm>loss-events
config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light>loss-events
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command sets the threshold to be applied to the overall count of the undetermined unavailability indicators, not transitions, per configured direction. This value is compared to the 32 bit unavailability counter specific to the direction which tracks the number of individual delta-ts that have been recorded as undetermined unavailable. The aggregate is a function of summing forward and backward. This value is only used as a threshold mechanism and is not part of the stored statistics. If the [clear clear-threshold] is not specified, the traffic crossing alarm is stateless. Stateless means the state is not carried forward to other measurement intervals. Each measurement interval is analyzed independently and without regard to any previous window. Each unique event can only be raised once within measurement interval. If the optional clear threshold is specified, the traffic crossing alarm uses stateful behavior. Stateful means each unique previous event state is carried forward to following measurement intervals. If a threshold crossing event is raised, another is not raised until a measurement interval completes and the clear threshold has not been exceeded. A clear event is raised under that condition.

The no version of this command removes the event threshold for frame loss ratio. The direction must be included with the no command.

Default 

no undet-unavailable-event forward

no undet-unavailable-event backward

no undet-unavailable-event aggregate

Parameters 
forward—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the forward direction count.
backward—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the backward direction count.
aggregate—
Specifies that the threshold is applied to the aggregate count (sum of forward and backward).
threshold raise-threshold
Specifies the rising threshold that determines when the event is to be generated, when value reached.
Values—
1 to 864000

 

clear clear-threshold
Specifies an optional value used for stateful behavior that allows the operator to configure a percentage of loss value lower than the rising percentage to indicate when the clear event should be generated.
Values—
0 to 863999 A value of zero means the undetermined availability counter must be 0.

 

timing

Syntax 
timing frames-per-delta-t frames consec-delta-t deltas interval milliseconds chli-threshold threshold
no timing
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>slm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures various availability parameters and the probe spacing (interval) for the SLM frames. The maximum size of the availability window cannot exceed 10 s (10000 ms).

The no form of this command installs the default values for all timing parameters and use those values to compute availability and set the SLM frequency. If an SLM test is active, it always has timing parameters, whether default or operator-configured.

Default 

timing frames-per-delta-t 10 consec-delta-t 10 interval 100 chli-threshold 5

Parameters 
frames—
Specifies the number of frames that define the size of the delta-t. Each delta-t is marked as available or unavailable based on the flr-threshold. The size of the delta-t measurement is the product of the number of frames and the interval
Values—
1 to 50

 

deltas—
Specifies the number of consecutive delta-ts that make up the sliding window over which availability and unavailability is determined. Transitions from one state to another occur when the consecutive delta-ts are in a new state.
Values—
2 to 10

 

milliseconds—
Specifies the number of milliseconds between the transmission of the SLM frames. The default value for the SLM interval is intentionally different from the default interval for DMM.
Values—
100, 1000

 

threshold—
Specifies the number of consecutive unavailable delta-ts that cause the CHLI counter to be incremented. A CHLI counter is an indication that the sliding window is available but has crossed a threshold of consecutive unavailable delta-t intervals. A CHLI can only be incremented once during a sliding window and is only incremented during times of availability.
Values—
1 to 9

 

source

Syntax 
source mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index
no source
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ethernet
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the source launch point for Y.1731 parameters that are used by the individual tests within the session. If an MEP matching the configuration does not exist, the session is allowed to become active; however, the frames sent and received as seen under the show>oam-pm>statistics>session session-name command are zero.

The no form of this command removes this session parameter.

Parameters 
mep-id—
Specifies the maintenance association end point identifier of the launch point.
Values—
1 to 8191

 

md-index—
Specifies the maintenance domain (MD) index value of the launch point.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

ma-index—
Specifies the maintenance association (MA) index value of the launch point.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

meas-interval

Syntax 
meas-interval {5-mins | 15-mins | 1-hour | 1-day} [create]
no meas-interval
Context 
config>oam-pm>session
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command establishes the parameters of the individual measurement intervals utilized by the session. A maximum of three different measurement intervals may be configured under each session.

The no form of this command deletes the specified measurement interval.

Parameters 
5-mins—
Specifies a 5 minute measurement interval duration.
15-mins—
Specifies a 15 minute measurement interval duration.
1-hour—
Specifies a 1 hour measurement interval duration.
1-day—
Specifies a 1 day measurement interval duration.
create—
Creates the measurement interval.

accounting-policy

Syntax 
accounting-policy acct-policy-id
no accounting-policy
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>meas-interval
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command assigns a record-type of complete-pm to the specified accounting policy (configured using the config>log>accounting-policy command). This runs the data collection process for completed measurement intervals in memory, file storage, and maintenance functions, moving data from memory to flash. A single accounting policy can be applied to a measurement interval.

The no form of this command removes the accounting policy.

Parameters 
acct-policy-id—
Specifies the accounting policy to be applied to the measurement interval.
Values—
1 to 99

 

boundary-type

Syntax 
boundary-type {clock-aligned | test-relative}
no boundary-type
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>meas-interval
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command establishes the alignment of the start of the measurement interval with either the time of day clock or the start of the test.

Test-relative start times launch the measurement interval when the individual test enters the active no shutdown state.

Alignment with the time of day clock always defaults to the representative top of the hour. Clocks aligned at 15-minute measurement intervals divide the hour into four equal sections at 00, 15, 30, and 45. Clocks aligned at 1-hour measurement intervals start at 00. Clocks aligned at 1-day measurement intervals start at midnight. It is typical for the first measurement interval of a clock-aligned test to have the suspect flag set to yes because it is unlikely that the no shutdown command exactly corresponds to the clock-based measurement interval start time. Clock-aligned measurement intervals can include an additional offset. See the clock-offset command option under this context.

The no form of this command restores the default value.

Default 

boundary-type clock-aligned

Parameters 
clock-aligned—
Aligns the start of the measurement interval with the time of day clock.
test-relative—
Aligns the start of the measurement interval with the start of the test.

clock-offset

Syntax 
clock-offset seconds
no clock-offset
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>meas-interval
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures an offset between measurement intervals with a boundary-type of clock-aligned and the default time of day clock. The configured offset must be smaller than the size of the measurement interval. As an example, an offset of 300 seconds shifts the start times of the measurement intervals by 5 minutes from their default alignments with respect to the time of day clock.

The no form of this command restores the default value.

Default 

clock-offset 0

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the number of seconds to offset a clock-alignment measurement interval from its default.
Values—
0 to 86399

 

event-mon

Syntax 
event-mon
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>measurement-interval
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables different threshold events on a specific measurement interval. Only one measurement interval with a configured OAM PM session can have events enabled using the no shutdown command.

delay-events

Syntax 
[no] delay-events
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>measurement-interval>event-mon
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This enables the monitoring of all configured delay events.

Configuring this command starts the monitoring of the configured delay events at the start of the next measurement interval. If the command is disabled using the no command, all monitoring of configured delay events, logging, and recording of new events for that session are suspended. Any existing events at the time of the shut down are maintained until the active measurement window in which the removal was performed has completed. The state of this monitoring function can be changed without needing to shut down all the tests in the session.

The no form of this command disables the monitoring of all configured delay events.

loss-events

Syntax 
[no] loss-events
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>measurement-interval>event-mon
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This enables the monitoring of all configured loss events.

Configuring this command starts the monitoring of the configured loss events at the start of the next measurement interval. If the command is disabled using the no command, all monitoring of configured loss events, logging, and recording of new events for that session are suspended. Any existing events at the time of the shut down are maintained until the active measurement window in which the removal was performed has completed. The state of this monitoring function can be changed without needing to shut down all the tests in the session.

The no form of this command disables the monitoring of all configured loss events.

intervals-stored

Syntax 
intervals-stored intervals
no intervals-stored
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>meas-interval
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the number of completed measurement intervals per session to be stored in volatile system memory. The entire block of memory is allocated for the measurement interval when the test is active (no shutdown) to ensure that memory is available. The numbers increase from 1 to the configured value + 1. The active PM data is stored in interval number 1, and older runs are stored, in order, to the upper most number, with the oldest run being deleted when the number of completed measurement intervals exceeds the configured value + 1. As new test measurement intervals complete for the session, the stored intervals are renumbered to maintain the described order. Care must be taken when setting this value. There must be a balance between completed runs stored in volatile memory and the use of the write-to-flash function of the accounting policy.

The 5-mins and 15-mins measurement intervals share the same (1 to 96) retention pool. In the unlikely event that both intervals are required, the total of both cannot exceed 96. The 1-hour and 1-day measurement intervals utilize their own ranges. If this command is omitted when configuring the measurement interval, the default values are used.

Parameters 
intervals—
Specifies the number of stored intervals.
Values—
5-mins — 1 to 96 (default 32)
15-mins — 1 to 96 (default 32)
1-hour — 1 to 24 (default 8)
1-day — 1 (default 1)

 

3.11.2.1.9. Service Assurance Agent (SAA) Commands

saa

Syntax 
saa
Context 
config
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document.

Description 

This command enables the context to configure the Service Assurance Agent (SAA) tests.

test

Syntax 
test name [owner test-owner]
no test name
Context 
config>saa
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to provide the test parameters for the named test. Subsequent to the creation of the test instance the test can be started in the OAM context.

A test can only be modified while it is shut down.

The no form of this command removes the test from the configuration. To remove a test it can not be active at the time.

Parameters 
name—
Specifies the SAA test name to be created or edited.
owner test-owner
Specifies the owner of an SAA operation up to 32 characters.
Values—
If a test-owner value is not specified, tests created by the CLI have a default owner “TiMOS CLI”.

 

accounting-policy

Syntax 
accounting-policy acct-policy-id
no accounting-policy
Context 
config>saa>test
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command associates an accounting policy to the SAA test. The accounting policy must already be defined before it can be associated else an error message is generated.

When a test terminates, a notification trap is issued.

The no form of this command removes the accounting policy association.

Parameters 
acct-policy-id—
Specifies the accounting policy-id as configured in the config>log>accounting-policy context.
Values—
1 to 99

 

continuous

Syntax 
[no] continuous
Context 
config>saa>test
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command specifies whether the SAA test is continuous. When the test is configured as continuous, it cannot be started or stopped by using the saa command.

The no form of this command disables the continuous running of the test. Use the shutdown command to disable the test.

description

Syntax 
description description-string
no description
Context 
config>saa>test
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command creates a text description stored in the configuration file for a configuration context.

The description command associates a text string with a configuration context to help identify the content in the configuration file.

The no form of this command removes the string from the configuration.

Parameters 
string—
Specifies the description character string. Allowed values are any string up to 80 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

jitter-event

Syntax 
jitter-event rising-threshold threshold [falling-threshold threshold] [direction]
no jitter-event
Context 
config>saa>test
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command specifies that at the termination of an SAA test probe, the calculated jitter value is evaluated against the configured rising and falling jitter thresholds. SAA threshold events are generated as required.

When the threshold (rising/falling) is crossed, it is disabled from generating additional events until the opposite threshold is crossed. If a falling-threshold is not supplied, the rising threshold is re-enabled when it falls below the threshold after the initial crossing that generate the event.

The configuration of jitter event thresholds is optional.

Parameters 
rising-threshold threshold
Specifies a rising threshold jitter value in milliseconds. When the test run is completed, the calculated jitter value is compared to the configured jitter rising threshold. If the test run jitter value is greater than the configured rising threshold value, an SAA threshold event is generated. The SAA threshold event is tmnxOamSaaThreshold, logger application OAM, event #2101.
Values—
0 to 2147483

 

Default—
0
falling-threshold threshold
Specifies a falling threshold jitter value in milliseconds. When the test run is completed, the calculated jitter value is compared to the configured jitter falling threshold. If the test run jitter value is greater than the configured falling threshold value, an SAA threshold event is generated. The SAA threshold event is tmnxOamSaaThreshold, logger application OAM, event #2101.
Values—
0 to 2147483

 

Default—
0
direction—
Specifies the direction for OAM ping responses received for an OAM ping test run.
Values—
inbound — Monitor the value of jitter calculated for the inbound, one-way, OAM ping responses received for an OAM ping test run.
outbound — Monitor the value of jitter calculated for the outbound, one-way, OAM ping requests sent for an OAM ping test run.
roundtrip — Monitor the value of jitter calculated for the round trip, two-way, OAM ping requests and replies for an OAM ping test run.

 

Default—
roundtrip

latency-event

Syntax 
latency-event rising-threshold threshold [falling-threshold threshold] [direction]
no latency-event
Context 
config>saa>test
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command specifies that at the termination of an SAA test probe, the calculated latency event value is evaluated against the configured rising and falling latency event thresholds. SAA threshold events are generated as required.

When the threshold (rising/falling) is crossed, it is disabled from generating additional events until the opposite threshold is crossed. If a falling-threshold is not supplied, the rising threshold is re-enabled when it falls below the threshold after the initial crossing that generate the event.

The configuration of latency event thresholds is optional.

Parameters 
rising-threshold threshold
Specifies a rising threshold latency value in milliseconds. When the test run is completed, the calculated latency value is compared to the configured latency rising threshold. If the test run latency value is greater than the configured rising threshold value, an SAA threshold event is generated. The SAA threshold event is tmnxOamSaaThreshold, logger application OAM, event #2101.
Values—
0 to 2147483

 

Default—
0
falling-threshold threshold
Specifies a falling threshold latency value in milliseconds. When the test run is completed, the calculated latency value is compared to the configured latency falling threshold. If the test run latency value is greater than the configured falling threshold value, an SAA threshold event is generated. The SAA threshold event is tmnxOamSaaThreshold, logger application OAM, event #2101.
Values—
0 to 2147483

 

Default—
0
direction—
Specifies the direction for OAM ping responses received for an OAM ping test run.
Values—
inbound — Monitor the value of jitter calculated for the inbound, one-way, OAM ping responses received for an OAM ping test run.
outbound — Monitor the value of jitter calculated for the outbound, one-way, OAM ping requests sent for an OAM ping test run.
roundtrip — Monitor the value of jitter calculated for the round trip, two-way, OAM ping requests and replies for an OAM ping test run.

 

Default—
roundtrip

loss-event

Syntax 
loss-event rising-threshold threshold [falling-threshold threshold] [direction]
no loss-event
Context 
config>saa>test
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command specifies that at the termination of an SAA testrun, the calculated loss event value is evaluated against the configured rising and falling loss event thresholds. SAA threshold events are generated as required.

The configuration of loss event thresholds is optional.

Parameters 
rising-threshold threshold
Specifies a rising threshold loss event value in packets. When the test run is completed, the calculated loss event value is compared to the configured loss event rising threshold. If the test run loss event value is greater than the configured rising threshold value, an SAA threshold event is generated. The SAA threshold event is tmnxOamSaaThreshold, logger application OAM, event #2101.
Values—
0 to 2147483647

 

Default—
0
falling-threshold threshold
Specifies a falling threshold loss event value in packets. When the test run is completed, the calculated loss event value is compared to the configured loss event falling threshold. If the test run loss event value is greater than the configured falling threshold value, an SAA threshold event is generated. The SAA threshold event is tmnxOamSaaThreshold, logger application OAM, event #2101.
Values—
0 to 2147483647

 

Default—
0
direction—
Specifies the direction for OAM ping responses received for an OAM ping test run.
Values—
inbound — Monitors the value of jitter calculated for the inbound, one-way, OAM ping responses received for an OAM ping test run.
outbound — Monitors the value of jitter calculated for the outbound, one-way, OAM ping requests sent for an OAM ping test run.
roundtrip — Monitors the value of jitter calculated for the round trip, two-way, OAM ping requests and replies for an OAM ping test run.

 

Default—
roundtrip

probe-history

Syntax 
probe-history [auto | drop | keep]
Context 
config>saa>test
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command defines history probe behavior. Defaults are associated with various configured parameters within the SAA test. Auto (keep) is used for test with probe counts of 100 or less, and intervals of 1 second and above. Auto (drop) only maintains summary information for tests marked as continuous with file functions, probe counts in excess of 100 and intervals of less than 1 second. SAA tests that are not continuous with a write to file defaults to Auto (keep). The operator is free to change the default behaviors for each type. Each test that maintains per probe history consumes more system memory. When per probe entries are required, the probe history is available at the completion of the test.

Default 

auto

Parameters 
auto—
Specifies an auto selector that determines the storage of the history information.
drop —
Specifies to store summarized min/max/ave data; not per probe information for test runs. This may be configured for all tests in an effort to conserve memory.
keep —
Specifies to store per probe information for tests. This consumes significantly more memory than summary information and should only be used if necessary.

trap-gen

Syntax 
trap-gen
Context 
config>saa>test
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to configure trap generation for the SAA test.

probe-fail-enable

Syntax 
[no] probe-fail-enable
Context 
config>saa>test>trap-gen
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the generation of an SNMP trap when probe-fail-threshold consecutive probes fail during the execution of the SAA ping test. This command is not applicable to SAA trace route tests.

The no form of this command disables the generation of an SNMP trap.

probe-fail-threshold

Syntax 
[no] probe-fail-threshold threshold
Context 
config>saa>test>trap-gen
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the generation of an SNMP trap when the probe-fail-threshold consecutive probes fail during the execution of the SAA ping test. This command is not applicable to SAA trace route tests. This command has no effect when probe-fail-enable is disabled.

The no form of this command returns the threshold value to the default.

Default 

1

test-completion-enable

Syntax 
[no] test-completion-enable
Context 
config>saa>test>trap-gen
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the generation of a trap when an SAA test completes.

The no form of this command disables the trap generation.

test-fail-enable

Syntax 
[no] test-fail-enable
Context 
config>saa>test>trap-gen
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the generation of a trap when a test fails. In the case of a ping test, the test is considered failed (for the purpose of trap generation) if the number of failed probes is at least the value of the test-fail-threshold parameter.

The no form of this command disables the trap generation.

test-fail-threshold

Syntax 
[no] test-fail-threshold threshold
Context 
config>saa>test>trap-gen
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the threshold for trap generation on test failure.

This command has no effect when test-fail-enable is disabled. This command is not applicable to SAA trace route tests.

The no form of this command returns the threshold value to the default.

Default 

1

type

Syntax 
type
no type
Context 
config>saa>test
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to provide the test type for the named test. Only a single test type can be configured.

A test can only be modified while the test is in shutdown mode

When a test type has been configured, the command can be modified by re-entering the command, and the test type must be the same as the previously entered test type.

To change the test type, the old command must be removed using the config>saa>test>no type command.

cpe-ping

Syntax 
cpe-ping service service-id destination ip-address source ip-address [ttl vc-label-ttl] [return-control] [source-mac ieee-address] [fc fc-name] [interval interval] [send-count send-count] [send-control]
Context 
oam
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode

Description 

This command determines the IP connectivity to a CPE within a specified VPLS service.

Parameters 
service service-id
Specifies the service ID of the service to diagnose or manage.
Values—
service-id: 1 to 2147483647 svc-name: 64 characters maximum

 

destination ip-address
Specifies the IP address to be used as the destination for performing an OAM ping operations.
source ip-address
Specifies an unused IP address in the same network that is associated with the VPLS.
ttl vc-label-ttl
Specifies the TTL value in the VC label for the OAM MAC request, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
255
return-control—
Specifies the MAC OAM reply to a data plane MAC OAM request be sent using the control plane instead of the data plane.
Default—
MAC OAM reply is sent using the data plane.
source-mac ieee-address
Specifies the source MAC address that is sent to the CPE. If not specified or set to 0, the MAC address configured for the CPMCFM is used.
fc-name—
Specifies the forwarding class of the MPLS echo request encapsulation.
Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
be
interval interval
Specifies the interval parameter, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second where the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
send-count send-count
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. The count parameter is used to override the default number of message requests sent. Each message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The message interval value must be expired before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
1
send-control—
Specifies the MAC OAM request to be sent using the control plane instead of the data plane.
Default—
MAC OAM request sent using the data plane.

dns

Syntax 
dns target-addr dns-name name-server ip-address [source ip-address] [send-count send-count] [timeout timeout] [interval interval] [record-type {ipv4-a-record | ipv6-aaaa-record}]
Context 
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures a DNS name resolution test.

Parameters 
target-addr—
Specifies the IP host address to be used as the destination for performing an OAM ping operation.
dns-name—
Specifies the DNS name to be resolved to an IP address.
name-server ip-address
Specifies the server connected to a network that resolves network names into network addresses.
Values—

ipv4-address - a.b.c.d

ipv6-address - x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x - [0..FFFF]H

d - [0..255]D

 

source ip-address
Specifies the IP address to be used as the source for performing an OAM ping operation.
Values—

ipv4-address - a.b.c.d

ipv6-address - x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x - [0..FFFF]H

d - [0..255]D

 

send-count send-count
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. The send-count parameter is used to override the default number of message requests sent. Each message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The message interval value must be expired before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
1
timeout timeout
Specifies the timeout parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 120

 

Default—
5
interval interval
Specifies the interval parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second, and the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
record-type—
Specifies a record type.
Values—
ipv4-a-record - A record specific mapping a host name to an IPv4 address.
ipv6-aaaa-record - A record specific to the Internet class that stores a single IPv6 address.

 

eth-cfm-linktrace

Syntax 
eth-cfm-linktrace mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [ttl ttlvalue]
[fc {fc-name} ] [send-count send-count] [timeout timeout] [interval interval] [record-type {ipv4-a-record|ipv6-aaaa-record}]
Context 
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures a CFM linktrace test in SAA.

Parameters 
mac-address—
Specifies a unicast destination MAC address.
mep mep-id
Specifies the target MAC address.
Values—
1 to 8191

 

domain md-index
Specifies the MD index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

association ma-index—
Specifies the MA index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

ttl ttl-value—
Specifies the maximum number of hops traversed in the linktrace.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
64
fc fc-name
The fc parameter is used to indicate the forwarding class of the CFM Linktrace request messages.

The actual forwarding class encoding is controlled by the network egress mappings.

Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
nc
send-count send-count
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. The count parameter is used to override the default number of message requests sent. Each message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The message interval value must be expired before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
timeout timeout
Specifies the timeout parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded. The timeout value must be less than the interval.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
5
interval interval
Specifies the interval parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to “1” second, and the timeout value is set to “10” seconds, the maximum time between message requests is “10” seconds and the minimum is “1” second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request. The timeout value must be less than the interval.

Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
5
record-type
Specifies a record type.
Values—
ipv4-a-record — A record specific mapping a host name to an IPv4 address.
ipv6-aaaa-record — A record specific to the Internet class that stores a single IPv6 address.

 

eth-cfm-loopback

Syntax 
eth-cfm-loopback mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [size datasize] [fc {fc-name} ] [count send-count ][timeout timeout] [interval interval]
Context 
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures an Ethernet CFM loopback test in SAA.

Parameters 
mac-address—
Specifies a unicast destination MAC address.
mep mep-id
Specifies the target MAC address.
Values—
1 to 8191

 

domain md-index
Specifies the MD index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

association ma-index
Specifies the MA index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

size data-size
The packet size in bytes, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
0 to 1500

 

Default—
0
fc fc-name
Specifies the fc parameter used to indicate the forwarding class of the CFM Loopback request messages.

The actual forwarding class encoding is controlled by the network egress mappings.

Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
nc
count send-count
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. The count parameter is used to override the default number of message requests sent. Each message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The message interval value must be expired before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 100

 

Default—
1
timeout timeout
Specifies the timeout parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded. The timeout value must be less than the interval.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
5
interval interval
Specifies the interval parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to “1” second, and the timeout value is set to “10” seconds, the maximum time between message requests is “10” seconds and the minimum is “1” second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request. The timeout value must be less than the interval.

Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
5

eth-cfm-two-way-delay

Syntax 
eth-cfm-two-way-delay mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [fc {fc-name} ] [send-count send-count] [timeout timeout] [interval interval]
Context 
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures an Ethernet CFM two-way delay test in SAA.

Parameters 
mac-address—
Specifies a unicast destination MAC address.
mep mep-id
Specifies the target MAC address.
Values—
1 to 8191

 

domain md-index
Specifies the MD index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

association ma-index
Specifies the MA index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

ttl ttl-value—
Specifies the maximum number of hops traversed in the linktrace.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
64
fc fc-name
Specifies the fc parameter used to indicate the forwarding class of the CFM two-delay request messages.

The actual forwarding class encoding is controlled by the network egress mappings.

Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
nc
send-count send-count
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. The count parameter is used to override the default number of message requests sent. Each message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The message interval value must be expired before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 100

 

Default—
1
timeout timeout
Specifies the timeout parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded. The timeout value must be less than the interval.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
5
interval interval
Specifies the interval parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to “1” second, and the timeout value is set to “10” seconds, the maximum time between message requests is “10” seconds and the minimum is “1” second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request. The timeout value must be less than

the interval.

Values—
[0.1, 0.2, .. 0.9] | [1, 2, .. 10]

 

Default—
5

eth-cfm-two-way-slm

Syntax 
eth-cfm-two-way-delay mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [fc fc-name] [send-count send-count] [size data-size] [timeout timeout] [interval interval]
Context 
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures an Ethernet CFM two-way SLM test in SAA.

Parameters 
mac-address—
Specifies a unicast destination MAC address.
mep mep-id
Specifies the target MAC address.
Values—
1 to 8191

 

domain md-index
Specifies the MD index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

association ma-index
Specifies the MA index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

fc fc-name
Specifies the fc parameter used to indicate the forwarding class of the CFM SLM request messages. The actual forwarding class encoding is controlled by the network egress mappings.
Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
nc
send-count send-count
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. The count parameter is used to override the default number of message requests sent. Each message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The message interval value must be expired before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 100

 

Default—
1
size data-size
Specifies the size of the data portion of the data TLV. If 0 is specified no data TLV is added to the packet.
Values—
0 to 1500

 

Default—
0
timeout timeout
Specifies the timeout parameter, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded. The timeout value must be less than the interval.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
5
interval interval
Specifies the interval parameter, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent. If the interval is set to 1 second, and the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request. The timeout value must be less than the interval.
Values—
[0.1, 0.2, .. 0.9] | [1, 2, .. 10]

 

Default—
5

icmp-ping

Syntax 
icmp-ping [ip-address | dns-name] [rapid | detail] [ttl time-to-live] [tos type-of-service] [size bytes] [pattern pattern] [source ip-address | dns-name] [interval seconds] [{next-hop ip-address} | {interface interface-name} | bypass-routing] [count requests] [do-not-fragment] [router router-instance | service-name service-name] [timeout timeout]
Context 
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures an ICMP ping test.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the far-end IP address to which to send the svc-ping request message in dotted decimal notation.
Values—

ipv4-address:

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 .. FFFF]H

d:

[0 .. 255]D

 

dns-name—
Specifies the DNS name of the far-end device to which to send the svc-ping request message, expressed as a character string up to 63 characters maximum.
rapid—
Specifies that packets are generated as fast as possible instead of the default 1 per second.
detail—
Specifies the display of detailed information.
ttl time-to-live
Specifies the TTL value for the IP packet, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 128

 

tos type-of-service
Specifies the service type.
Values—
0 to 255

 

size bytes
Specifies the request packet size in bytes, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
0 to 16384

 

pattern pattern
Specifies the date portion in a ping packet are filled with the pattern value specified. If not specified, position info is filled instead.
Values—
0 to 65535

 

source ip-address|dns-name
Specifies the IP address to be used.
Values—
ipv4-address: a.b.c.ddns-name: 128 characters max

 

interval seconds
Overrides the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second, and the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 — 10

 

Default—
1
next-hop ip-address
Specifies the next hop IP address for which to only display static routes.
Values—
ipv4-address: a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)

 

interface interface-name
Specifies the name used to refer to the interface. The name must already exist in the config>router>interface context.
bypass-routing—
Specifies whether to send the ping request to a host on a directly attached network bypassing the routing table.
count requests
Specifies the number of times to perform an OAM ping probe operation. Each OAM echo message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 100000

 

Default—
5
do-not-fragment—
Sets the DF (Do Not Fragment) bit in the ICMP ping packet.
router router-instance
Specifies the router name or service ID.
Values—
router-name: Base, management
service-id: 1 to 2147483647

 

Default—
Base
service-name service-name
Specifies the service name as an integer.
Values—
service-id: 1 to 2147483647

 

timeout timeout
Overrides the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
5

icmp-trace

Syntax 
icmp-trace [ip-address | dns-name] [ttl time-to-live] [wait milli-seconds] [tos type-of-service] [source ip-address] [tos type-of-service] [router router-instance | service-name service-name]
Context 
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures an ICMP traceroute test.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the far-end IP address to which to send the svc-ping request message in dotted decimal notation.
Values—

ipv4-address:

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 .. FFFF]H

d:

[0 .. 255]D

 

dns-name—
Specifies the DNS name of the far-end device to which to send the svc-ping request message, expressed as a character string to 63 characters maximum.
ttl time-to-live
Specifies the TTL value for the MPLS label, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

wait milliseconds
Specifies the time, in milliseconds, to wait for a response to a probe, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
10 to 60000

 

Default—
5000
tos type-of-service
Specifies the service type.
Values—
0 to 255

 

source ip-address
Specifies the IP address to be used.
Values—

ipv4-address:

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 .. FFFF]H

d:

[0 .. 255]D

 

router router-instance
Specifies the router name or service ID.
Values—
router-name: Base, management
service-id: 1 to 2147483647

 

Default—
Base

mac-ping

Syntax 
mac-ping service service-id destination dst-ieee-address [source src-ieee-address] [fc fc-name] [size octets] [ttl vc-label-ttl] [send-count send-count] [send-control] [return-control] [interval interval] [timeout timeout]
Context 
oam
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode

Description 

This command determines the existence of an egress SAP binding of a specific MAC within a VPLS service.

A mac-ping packet can be sent via the control plane or the data plane. The send-control option specifies the request be sent using the control plane. If send-control is not specified, the request is sent using the data plane.

A mac-ping is forwarded along the flooding domain if no MAC address bindings exist. If MAC address bindings exist, the packet is forwarded along those paths, provided they are active. A response is generated only when there is an egress SAP binding for that MAC address or if the MAC address is a “local” OAM MAC address associated with the device’s control plan.

A mac-ping reply can be sent using the data plane or the control plane. The return-control option specifies the reply be sent using the control plane. If return-control is not specified, the request is sent using the data plane.

A mac-ping with data plane reply can only be initiated on nodes that can have an egress MAC address binding. A node without a FIB and without any SAPs cannot have an egress MAC address binding, so it is not a node where replies in the data plane are trapped and sent up to the control plane.

A control plane request is responded to via a control plane reply only.

By default, MAC OAM requests are sent with the system or chassis MAC address as the source MAC. The source option allows overriding of the default source MAC for the request with a specific MAC address.

When a source ieee-address value is specified and the source MAC address is locally registered within a split horizon group (SHG), this SHG membership is used as if the packet originated from this SHG. In all other cases, SHG 0 (zero) is used. Note that if the mac-trace is originated from a non-zero SHG, such packets do not go out to the same SHG.

If EMG is enabled, mac-ping returns only the first SAP in each chain.

Parameters 
service service-id
Specifies the service ID of the service to diagnose or manage.
Values—
service-id: 1 to 2147483647

 

destination ieee-address
Specifies the destination MAC address for the OAM MAC request.
size octets
Specifies the MAC OAM request packet size in octets, expressed as a decimal integer. The request payload is padded to the specified size with a 6 byte PAD header and a byte payload of 0xAA as necessary. If the octet size specified is less than the minimum packet, the minimum sized packet necessary to send the request is used.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

Default—
No OAM packet padding.
ttl vc-label-ttl
Specifies the TTL value in the VC label for the OAM MAC request, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
255
send-control—
Specifies the MAC OAM request be sent using the control plane instead of the data plane.
Default—
MAC OAM request sent using the data plane.
return-control—
Specifies the MAC OAM reply to a data plane MAC OAM request be sent using the control plane instead of the data plane.
Default—
MAC OAM reply sent using the data plane.
source src-ieee-address
Specifies the source MAC address from which the OAM MAC request originates. By default, the system MAC address for the chassis is used.
Values—
Any unicast MAC value.

 

Default—
The system MAC address.
fc fc-name
Specifies the fc parameter used to test the forwarding class of the MPLS echo request packets. The actual forwarding class encoding is controlled by the network egress LSP-EXP mappings.
Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

interval interval
Specifies the interval parameter, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second where the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
send-count send-count
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. The count parameter is used to override the default number of message requests sent. Each message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The message interval value must be expired before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 100

 

Default—
1
timeout timeout
Specifies the timeout parameter, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
5
Output 

Sample Output
oam mac-ping service 1 destination 00:bb:bb:bb:bb:bb
Seq Node-id Path RTT
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Send request Seq. 1, Size 126]
1 2.2.2.2:sap1/1/1:1 In-Band 960ms
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

sdp-ping

Syntax 
sdp-ping orig-sdp-id [resp-sdp resp-sdp-id] [fc fc-name [profile {in | out}]] [timeout seconds] [interval seconds] [size octets] [send-count send-count] [interval <interval>]
Context 
oam
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode

Description 

This command tests SDPs for uni-directional or round trip connectivity and performs SDP MTU Path tests.

The sdp-ping command accepts an originating SDP-ID and an optional responding SDP-ID. The size, number of requests sent, message time-out and message send interval can be specified. All sdp-ping requests and replies are sent with PLP OAM-Label encapsulation, as a service-id is not specified.

For round trip connectivity testing, the resp-sdp keyword must be specified. If resp-sdp is not specified, a uni-directional SDP test is performed.

To terminate an sdp-ping in progress, use the CLI break sequence <Ctrl-C>.

An sdp-ping response message indicates the result of the sdp-ping message request. When multiple response messages apply to a single SDP echo request/reply sequence, the response message with the highest precedence is displayed. The following table displays the response messages sorted by precedence.

Result of Request

Displayed Response Message

Precedence

Request timeout without reply

Request Timeout

1

Request not sent due to non-existent orig-sdp-id

Orig-SDP Non-Existent

2

Request not sent due to administratively down orig-sdp-id

Orig-SDP Admin-Down

3

Request not sent due to operationally down orig-sdp-id

Orig-SDP Oper-Down

4

Request terminated by user before reply or timeout

Request Terminated

5

Reply received, invalid origination-id

Far End: Originator-ID Invalid

6

Reply received, invalid responder-id

Far End: Responder-ID Error

7

Reply received, non-existent resp-sdp-id

Far End: Resp-SDP Non-Existent

8

Reply received, invalid resp-sdp-id

Far End: Resp-SDP Invalid

9

Reply received, resp-sdp-id down (admin or oper)

Far-end: Resp-SDP Down

10

Reply received, No Error

Success

11

Special Cases 
Single Response Connectivity Tests—
A single response sdp-ping test provides detailed test results.

Upon request timeout, message response, request termination, or request error the following local and remote information is displayed. Local and remote information is dependent upon SDP-ID existence and reception of reply.

Field

Description

Values

Request Result

The result of the sdp-ping request message.

Sent - Request Timeout

Sent - Request Terminated

Sent - Reply Received

Not Sent - Non-Existent Local SDP-ID

Not Sent - Local SDP-ID Down

Originating SDP-ID

The originating SDP-ID specified by orig-sdp.

orig-sdp-id

Originating SDP-ID Administrative State

The local administrative state of the originating SDP-ID. If the SDP-ID has been shutdown, Admin-Down is displayed. If the originating SDP-ID is in the no shutdown state, Admin-Up is displayed. If the orig-sdp-id does not exist, Non-Existent is displayed.

Admin-Up

Admin-Down

Non-Existent

Originating SDP-ID Operating State

The local operational state of the originating SDP-ID. If orig-sdp-id does not exist, N/A is displayed.

Oper-Up

Oper-Down

N/A

Originating SDP-ID Path MTU

The local path-mtu for orig-sdp-id. If orig-sdp-id does not exist locally, N/A is displayed.

orig-path-mtu

N/A

Responding SDP-ID

The SDP-ID requested as the far-end path to respond to the sdp-ping request. If resp-sdp is not specified, the responding router does not use an SDP-ID as the return path and N/A is displayed.

resp-sdp-id

N/A

Responding SDP-ID Path Used

Displays whether the responding 7210 SAS M used the responding sdp-id to respond to the sdp-ping request. If resp-sdp-id is a valid, operational SDP-ID, it must be used for the SDP echo reply message. If the far-end uses the responding sdp-id as the return path, Yes is displayed. If the far-end does not use the responding sdp-id as the return path, No is displayed. If resp-sdp is not specified, N/A is displayed.

Yes

No

N/A

Responding SDP-ID Administrative State

The administrative state of the responding sdp-id. When resp-sdp-id is administratively down, Admin-Down is displayed. When resp-sdp-id is administratively up, Admin-Up is displayed. When resp-sdp-id exists on the far-end 7210 SAS M but is not valid for the originating router, Invalid is displayed. When resp-sdp-id does not exist on the far-end router, Non-Existent is displayed. When resp-sdp is not specified, N/A is displayed.

Admin-Down

Admin-Up

Invalid

Non-Existent

N/A

Responding SDP-ID Operational State

The operational state of the far-end sdp-id associated with the return path for service-id. When a return path is operationally down, Oper-Down is displayed. If the return sdp-id is operationally up, Oper-Up is displayed. If the responding sdp-id is non-existent, N/A is displayed.

Oper-Up

Oper-Down

N/A

Responding SDP-ID Path MTU

The remote path-mtu for resp-sdp-id. If resp-sdp-id does not exist remotely, N/A is displayed

resp-path-mtu

N/A

Local Service IP Address

The local system IP address used to terminate remotely configured sdp-ids (as the sdp-id far-end address). If an IP address has not been configured to be the system IP address, N/A is displayed.

system-ip-addr

N/A

Local Service IP Interface Name

The name of the local system IP interface. If the local system IP interface has not been created, N/A is displayed.

system-interface-name

N/A

Local Service IP Interface State

The state of the local system IP interface. If the local system IP interface has not been created, Non-Existent is displayed.

Up

Down

Non-Existent

Expected Far End Address

The expected IP address for the remote system IP interface. This must be the far-end address configured for the orig-sdp-id.

orig-sdp-far-end-addr

dest-ip-addr

N/A

Actual Far End Address

The returned remote IP address. If a response is not received, the displayed value is N/A. If the far-end service IP interface is down or non-existent, a message reply is not expected.

resp-ip-addr

N/A

Responders Expected Far End Address

The expected source of the originators sdp-id from the perspective of the remote terminating the sdp-id. If the far-end cannot detect the expected source of the ingress sdp-id, N/A is displayed.

resp-rec-tunnel-far-end-addr

N/A

Round Trip Time

The round trip time between SDP echo request and the SDP echo reply. If the request is not sent, times out or is terminated, N/A is displayed.

delta-request-reply

N/A

Multiple Response Connectivity Tests—
When the connectivity test count is greater than one (1), a single line is displayed per SDP echo request send attempt.

The request number is a sequential number starting with 1 and ending with the last request sent, incrementing by one (1) for each request. This should not be confused with the message-id contained in each request and reply message.

A response message indicates the result of the message request. Following the response message is the round trip time value. If any reply is received, the round trip time is displayed.

After the last reply has been received or response timed out, a total is displayed for all messages sent and all replies received. A maximum, minimum and average round trip time is also displayed. Error response and timed out requests do not apply toward the average round trip time.

Parameters 
orig-sdp-id—
Specifies the SDP-ID to be used by sdp-ping, expressed as a decimal integer. The far-end address of the specified SDP-ID is the expected responder-id within each reply received. The specified SDP-ID defines the encapsulation of the SDP tunnel encapsulation used to reach the far end. This can be IP or MPLS. If orig-sdp-id is invalid or administratively down or unavailable for some reason, the SDP Echo Request message is not sent and an appropriate error message is displayed (when the interval timer expires, sdp-ping attempts to send the next request if required).
Values—
1 to 17407

 

resp-sdp resp-sdp-id
Specifies the return SDP-ID to be used by the far-end 7210 SAS M for the message reply for round trip SDP connectivity testing. If resp-sdp-id does not exist on the far-end 7210 SAS M, terminates on another 7210 SAS M different from the originating 7210 SAS M, or another issue prevents the far-end router from using resp-sdp-id, the SDP echo reply is sent using generic IP OAM encapsulation. The received forwarding class (as mapped on the ingress network interface for the far end) defines the forwarding class encapsulation for the reply message.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

Default—
null. Use the non-SDP return path for message reply.
fc fc-name
Specifies the fc parameter used to indicate the forwarding class of the SDP encapsulation. The actual forwarding class encoding is controlled by the network egress DSCP or LSP-EXP mappings.

The DSCP or LSP-EXP mappings on the receive network interface controls the mapping back to the internal forwarding class used by the far-end 7210 SAS M that receives the message request. The egress mappings of the egress network interface on the far-end 7210 SAS M controls the forwarding class markings on the return reply message.

The DSCP or LSP-EXP mappings on the receive network interface controls the mapping of the message reply back at the originating 7210 SAS M. This is displayed in the response message output upon receipt of the message reply.

Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
be
timeout seconds
Specifies the timeout parameter, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. A ‘request timeout’ message is displayed by the CLI for each message request sent that expires. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
5
interval seconds
Specifies the interval parameter, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second, and the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
size octets
Specifies the size parameter in octets, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default message size for the sdp-ping request. Changing the message size is a method of checking the ability of an SDP to support a path-mtu. The size of the message does not include the SDP encapsulation, VC-Label (if applied) or any DLC headers or trailers.

When the OAM message request is encapsulated in an IP/ SDP, the IP ‘DF’ (Do Not Fragment) bit is set. If any segment of the path between the sender and receiver cannot handle the message size, the message is discarded. MPLS LSPs are not expected to fragment the message either, as the message contained in the LSP is not an IP packet.

Values—
72 to 9198

 

Default—
72
send-count send-count
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. The count parameter is used to override the default number of message requests sent. Each message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The message interval value must be expired before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 100

 

Default—
1
Output 

Multiple Response Round Trip Connectivity Test Sample Output
*A:DUT-A# oam sdp-ping 101 resp-sdp 102 
Err SDP-ID Info             Local           Remote
--------------------------------------------------
    SDP-ID:                 101             102             
    Administrative State:   Up              Up              
    Operative State:        Up              Up              
    Path MTU:               9186            N/A             
    Response SDP Used:                      Yes
 
    IP Interface State:     Up
    Actual IP Address:      10.20.1.1       10.20.1.2       
    Expected Peer IP:       10.20.1.2       10.20.1.1       
 
    Forwarding Class        be              be              
    Profile                 Out             Out             
 
Request Result: Sent - Reply Received
RTT: 10(ms)
 
*A:DUT-A# oam sdp-ping 101 resp-sdp 102 count 10 
Request     Response    RTT
-----------------------------------------------------
1           Success     10ms
2           Success     0ms
3           Success     0ms
4           Success     0ms
5           Success     0ms
6           Success     0ms
7           Success     0ms
8           Success     0ms
9           Success     0ms
10          Success     0ms
 
Sent: 10    Received: 10
Min: 0ms   Max: 10ms   Avg: 1ms
*A:DUT-A# 

vccv-ping

Syntax 
vccv-ping sdp-id:vc-id [src-ip-address ip-addr dst-ip-address ip-addr pw-id pw-id][reply-mode {ip-routed|control-channel}] [fc fc-name] [size octets] [send-count send-count] [timeout timeout] [interval interval] [ttl vc-label-ttl]
vccv-ping saii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id taii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id [reply-mode ip-routed|control-channel] [src-ip-address ip-addr dst-ip-address ip-addr]
vccv-ping spoke-sdp-fec spoke-sdp-fec-id [reply-mode ip-routed| control-channel] [saii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id taii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id] [src-ip-address ip-addr dst-ip-address ip-addr]
options common to all vccv-ping cases: [count send-count] [fc fc-name [profile in|out]] [interval interval] [size octets] [timeout timeout] [ttl vc-label-ttl]
Context 
oam
config>saa>test
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode

Description 

This command configures a Virtual Circuit Connectivity Verification (VCCV) ping test. A vccv-ping test checks connectivity of a VLL inband. It checks to verify that the destination (target) PE is the egress for the Layer 2 FEC. It provides for a cross-check between the data plane and the control plane. It is inband which means that the vccv-ping message is sent using the same encapsulation and along the same path as user packets in that VLL. The vccv-ping test is the equivalent of the lsp-ping test for a VLL service. The vccv-ping reuses an lsp-ping message format and can be used to test a VLL configured over an MPLS.

Note that VCCV ping can be initiated on TPE or SPE. If initiated on the SPE, the reply-mode parameter must be used with the ip-routed value The ping from the TPE can have either values or can be omitted, in which case the default value is used.

If a VCCV ping is initiated from TPE to neighboring a SPE (one segment only) it is sufficient to only use the sdpid:vcid parameter. However, if the ping is across two or more segments, at least the sdpId:vcId, src-ip-address ip-addr, dst-ip-address ip-addr, ttl vc-label-ttland pw-id pw-id parameters are used where:

  1. The src-ip-address is system IP address of the router preceding the destination router.
  2. The pwid is actually the VC ID of the last pseudowire segment.
  3. The vc-label-ttl must have a value equal or higher than the number of pseudowire segments.

Note that VCCV ping is a multi-segment pseudowire. For a single-hop pseudowire, only the peer VCCV CC bit of the control word is advertised when the control word is enabled on the pseudowire. VCCV ping on multi-segment pseudowires require that the control word be enabled in all segments of the VLL.

If the control word is not enabled on spoke SDP it does not signal peer VCCV CC bits to the far end, consequently VCCV ping cannot be successfully initiated on that specific spoke SDP.

Parameters 
sdp-id:vc-id—
Specifies the VC ID of the pseudowire being tested. The VC ID needs to exist on the local router and the far-end peer needs to indicate that it supports VCCV to allow the user to send vccv-ping message.
Values—
1 to 17407:1 to 4294967295

 

spoke-sdp-fec spoke-sdp-fec-id
Specifies the spoke-sdp-fec-id if a FEC 129 PW is being tested. The spoke-sdp-fec-id must exist on the local router and the far-end peer needs to indicate that it supports VCCV to allow the user to send vccv-ping messages.

spoke-sdp-fec is mutually exclusive with the sdp-id:vc-id parameter.

Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

src-ip-address ip-addr
Specifies the source IP address.
Values—
ipv4-address: a.b.c.d

 

control-channel {ipv4 | non-ip}—
Specifies the encapsulation format to use for the VCCV ping echo request and echo reply packet.
Values—
ipv4 — IPv4 encapsulation in an IPv4 pseudowire associated channel (channel type 0x0021)
non-ip — MPLS-TP encapsulation without UDP/IP headers, in pseudowire associated channel using channel type 0x025.

 

Default—
non-ip
saii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id
Specifies the source attachment individual identifier (SAII) if a FEC129 AII Type 2 pseudowire is being tested.

The saii-type2 parameter is mutually exclusive with the sdp-id:vc-id parameter.

Syntax:

global-id — The global ID of this T-PE node.

Values:

1 to 4294967295

prefix — The prefix on this T-PE node that the spoke-SDP is associated with.

ac-id — An unsigned integer representing a locally unique identifier for the spoke-SDP.

Values:

1 to 4294967295

taii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id
Specifies the target attachment individual identifier (TAII) if a FEC129 AII Type 2 pseudowire is being tested. The taii-type2 parameter is mutually exclusive with sdp-id:vc-id.

Syntax:

global-id – The global ID of the far end T-PE node of the FEC129 pseudowire.

Values:

1 to 4294967295

prefix — The prefix on far end. T-PE node that the pseudowire being tested is associated with.

Values:

ipv4-formatted address: a.b.c.d

ac-id — An unsigned integer representing a locally unique identifier for the pseudowire being tested at the far end T-PE.

Values:

1 to 4294967295

dst-ip-address ip-address
Specifies the destination IP address.
Values—
ipv4-address: a.b.c.d
ipv6-address - x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

 

pw-id pw-id
Specifies the pseudowire ID to be used for performing a vccv-ping operation. The pseudowire ID is a non-zero 32-bit connection ID required by the FEC 128, as defined in RFC 4379, Detecting Multi-Protocol Label Switched (MPLS) Data Plane Failures.
reply-mode {ip-routed | control-channel}—
Specifies to the far-end how to send the reply message.The option control-channel indicates a reply mode in-band using vccv control channel.
Default—
control-channel
fc fc-name
Specifies the fc parameter used to indicate the forwarding class of the MPLS echo request packets. The actual forwarding class encoding is controlled by the network egress LSP-EXP mappings.

The LSP-EXP mappings on the receive network interface controls the mapping back to the internal forwarding class used by the far-end 7210 SAS M that receives the message request. The egress mappings of the egress network interface on the far-end router controls the forwarding class markings on the return reply message. The LSP-EXP mappings on the receive network interface controls the mapping of the message reply back at the originating SR.

Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
be
timeout seconds
Specifies the timeout parameter, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. A ‘request timeout’ message is displayed by the CLI for each message request sent that expires. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
5
interval seconds
Specifies the interval parameter, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second, and the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
size octets
Specifies the VCCV ping echo request packet size, in octets, expressed as a decimal integer. The request payload is padded with zeros to the specified size.
Values—
88 to 9198

 

Default—
88
send-count send-count
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. The count parameter is used to override the default number of message requests sent. Each message request must either timeout or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The message interval value must be expired before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 100

 

Default—
1
ttl vc-label-ttl
Specifies the time-to-live value for the vc-label of the echo request message. The outer label TTL is still set to the default of 255 regardless of this value.

vccv-trace

Syntax 
vccv-trace sdp-id:vc-id [fc fc-name [profile {in | out}]] [size octets] [reply-mode ip-routed|control-channel] [probe-count probe-count] [timeout timeout] [interval interval] [min-ttl min-vc-label-ttl] [max-ttl max-vc-label-ttl] [max-fail no-response-count] [detail]
vccv-trace saii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id taii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id [reply-mode ip-routed|control-channel]
vccv-trace spoke-sdp-fec spoke-sdp-fec-id [reply-mode ip-routed| control-channel] [saii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id taii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id]
options common to all vccv-trace cases: [detail] [fc fc-name [profile in|out]] [interval interval-value] [max-fail no-response-count] [max-ttl max-vc-label-ttl] [min-ttl min-vc-label-ttl] [probe-count probe-count] [size octets] [timeout timeout-value]
Context 
oam
config>saa>test>type
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document.

Description 

This command configures a Virtual Circuit Connectivity Verification (VCCV) automated trace test. The automated VCCV-trace can trace the entire path of a PW with a single command issued at the T-PE or at an S-PE. This is equivalent to LSP-Trace and is an iterative process by which the source T-PE or S-PE node sends successive VCCV-Ping messages with incrementing the TTL value, starting from TTL=1.

In each iteration, the T-PE builds the MPLS echo request message in a way similar to vccv-ping. The first message with TTL=1 has the next-hop S-PE T-LDP session source address in the Remote PE Addressí field in the PW FEC TLV. Each S-PE which terminates and processes the message includes in the MPLS echo reply message the FEC 128 TLV corresponding the PW segment to its downstream node. The source T-PE or S-PE node can build the next echo reply message with TTL=2 to test the next-next hop for the MS-PW. It copies the FEC TLV it received in the echo reply message into the new echo request message. The process is terminated when the reply is from the egress T-PE or when a timeout occurs.

The user can specify to display the result of the VCCV-trace for a fewer number of PW segments of the end-to-end MS-PW path. In this case, the min-ttl and max-ttl parameters are configured accordingly. However, the T-PE/S-PE node still probes all hops up to min-ttl to correctly build the FEC of the desired subset of segments.

Parameters 
sdpid:vcid—
Specifies the VC ID of the pseudowire being tested. The VC ID needs to exist on the local 7210 SAS M and the far-end peer needs to indicate that it supports VCCV to allow the user to send vccv-ping message.
Values—
1 to 17407:1 to 4294967295

 

reply-mode {ip-routed | control-channel}—
Specifies the reply-mode parameter to indicate to the far-end how to send the reply message. The option control-channel indicates a reply mode in-band using the vccv control channel.

Note that when a VCCV trace message is originated from an S-PE node, the user should used the IPv4 reply mode as the replying node does not know how to set the TTL to reach the sending S-PE node. If the user attempts this, a warning is issued to use the ipv4 reply mode

Default—
control-channel
control-channel {none | non-ip}—
Specifies the encapsulation format to use for the VCCV ping echo request and echo reply packet.
Values—
none — IPv4 encapsulation in an IPv4 pseudowire associated channel (channel type 0x0021)
non-ip — MPLS-TP encapsulation without UDP/IP headers, in pseudowire associated channel using channel type 0x025.

 

Default—
non-ip
spoke-sdp-fec spoke-sdp-fec-id
Specifies the spoke-sdp-fec-id if a FEC 129 PW is being tested. The spoke-sdp-fec-id must exist on the local router and the far-end peer needs to indicate that it supports VCCV to allow the user to send vccv-ping messages.

spoke-sdp-fec is mutually exclusive with the sdp-id:vc-id parameter.

Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

saii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id
Specifies the source attachment individual identifier (SAII) if a FEC129 AII Type 2 pseudowire is being tested.

The saii-type2 parameter is mutually exclusive with the sdp-id:vc-id parameter.

Syntax:

global-id — The global ID of this 7210 T-PE node.

Values:

1 to 4294967295

prefix — The prefix on this 7210 T-PE node that the spoke-SDP is associated with.

ac-id — An unsigned integer representing a locally unique identifier for the spoke-SDP.

Values:

1 to 4294967295

taii-type2 global-id:prefix:ac-id
Specifies the target attachment individual identifier (TAII) if a FEC129 AII Type 2 pseudowire is being tested. The taii-type2 parameter is mutually exclusive with sdp-id:vc-id.

Syntax:

global-id – The global ID of the far end T-PE of the FEC129 pseudowire.

Values:

1 to 4294967295

prefix — The prefix on far end T-PE that the pseudowire being tested is associated with.

Values:

ipv4-formatted address: a.b.c.d

ac-id — An unsigned integer representing a locally unique identifier for the pseudowire being tested at the far end T-PE.

Values:

1 to 4294967295

fc fc-name [profile {in | out}—
Specifies the fc and profile parameters used to indicate the forwarding class of the VCCV trace echo request packets. The actual forwarding class encoding is controlled by the network egress LSP-EXP mappings.

The LSP-EXP mappings on the receive network interface controls the mapping back to the internal forwarding class used by the far-end router that receives the message request. The egress mappings of the egress network interface on the far-end router controls the forwarding class markings on the return reply message. The LSP-EXP mappings on the receive network interface controls the mapping of the message reply back at the originating router.

fc-name—
Specifies the forwarding class of the VCCV trace echo request encapsulation.
Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
be
profile {in | out}—
Specifies the profile state of the VCCV trace echo request encapsulation.
Default—
out
size octets
Specifies the VCCV ping echo request packet size in octets, expressed as a decimal integer. The request payload is padded with zeros to the specified size.
Values—
88 to 9198

 

Default—
88
probe-count probe-count
Specifies the number of VCCV trace echo request messages to send per TTL value.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
timeout timeout
Specifies the timeout parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message timeout, the requesting router assumes that the message response has not been received. A request timeout message is displayed by the CLI for each message request sent that expires. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
3
interval interval
The interval parameter in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter is used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second, and the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
1
min-ttl min-vc-label-ttl
Specifies the TTL value for the VC label of the echo request message for the first hop of the MS-PW for which the results are to be displayed. This is expressed as a decimal integer. Note that the outer label TTL is still set to the default of 255 regardless of the value of the VC label.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
1
max-ttl max-vc-label-ttl
Specifies the TTL value for the VC label of the echo request message for the last hop of the MS-PW for which the results are to be displayed. This is expressed as a decimal integer. Note that the outer label TTL is still set to the default of 255 regardless of the value of the VC label.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
8
max-fail no-response-count
Specifies the maximum number of consecutive VCCV trace echo requests, expressed as a decimal integer that do not receive a reply before the trace operation fails for a specific TTL value.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
5

3.11.2.1.10. OAM SAA Commands

saa

Syntax 
saa test-name [owner test-owner] {start | stop} [no-accounting]
Context 
oam
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command starts or stops an SAA test.

Parameters 
test-name—
Specifies the name of the SAA test. The test name must already be configured in the config>saa>test context.
owner test-owner
Specifies the owner of an SAA operation up to 32 characters.
Values—
If a test-owner value is not specified, tests created by the CLI have a default owner “TiMOS CLI”.

 

start —
Starts the test. A test cannot be started if the same test is still running.

A test cannot be started if it is in a shut-down state. An error message and log event are generated to indicate a failed attempt to start an SAA test run. A test cannot be started if it is in a continuous state.

stop—
Stops a test in progress. A test cannot be stopped if it is not in progress. A log message is generated to indicate that an SAA test run has been aborted. A test cannot be stopped if it is in a continuous state.
no-accounting—
Disables the recording results in the accounting policy. If no-accounting is specified, the MIB record produced at the end of the test is not added to the accounting file. It does however use up one of the three MIB rows available for the accounting module to be collected.

3.11.2.1.11. LDP Treetrace Commands

ldp-treetrace

Syntax 
ldp-treetrace {prefix ip-prefix/mask} [max-ttl ttl-value] [max-path max-paths] [timeout timeout] [retry-count retry-count] [fc fc-name [profile profile]] [downstream-map-tlv {dsmap|ddmap}]
Context 
oam
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone and standalone-VC), 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12

Description 

This command configures LDP treetrace to perform a single run of the LDP ECMP OAM tree trace. LDP treetrace tests are run to discover all ECMP paths of an LDP FEC

Parameters 
prefix ip-prefix/mask
Specifies the address prefix and subnet mask of the target BGP IPv4 label route.
max-ttl max-label-ttl
Specifies the maximum TTL value in the MPLS label for the LSP trace test, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
30
max-paths max-paths
Specifies the maximum number of paths for an LDP treetrace test, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
128
timeout timeout
Specifies the timeout, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. This value overrides the default timeout value. It specifies the amount of time the router will wait for a message reply after sending the message request. When the message timeout expires, the requesting router assumes that the message response will not be received. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
3
fc fc-name
Specifies the forwarding class of the MPLS echo request packet.

When an MPLS echo request packet is generated in the CPM and forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the specified fc and profile parameter values. The LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface control the marking of the packet EXP.

When the MPLS echo request packet is received on the responding node, the LSP-EXP mappings of the incoming interface determine the fc parameter values.

When an MPLS echo reply packet is generated in the CPM and forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the fc parameter. The parameter values is determined by the classification of the echo request packet being replied to at the incoming interface control the marking of the packet. The LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface. The TOS byte is not modified. Table 29 summarizes the MPLS echo request packet behavior.

Table 29:  Request Packet and Behavior for Sender and Responder Nodes  

Node

Packet and Description of Behavior

CPM (sender node)

echo request packet:

  1. packet{tos=1, fc1}
  2. fc1 and profile1 are as entered by user in OAM command or default values
  3. tos1 as per mapping of {fc1} to IP precedence in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

Outgoing interface (sender node)

echo request packet:

  1. pkt queued as {fc1}
  2. ToS field=tos1 not remarked
  3. EXP=exp1, as per mapping of {fc1} to EXP in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

Incoming interface (responder node)

echo request packet:

  1. packet{tos1, exp1}
  2. exp1 mapped to {fc2} as per classification in network QoS policy of incoming interface

CPM (responder node)

echo reply packet:

  1. packet{tos=1, fc2}

Outgoing interface (responder node)

echo reply packet:

  1. pkt queued as {fc2}
  2. ToS filed= tos1 not remarked (reply inband or out-of-band)
  3. EXP=exp2, if reply is inband, remarked as per mapping of {fc2, profile2} to EXP in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

Incoming interface (sender node)

echo reply packet:

  1. packet{tos1, exp2}
  2. exp2 mapped to {fc1, profile1} as per classification in network QoS policy of incoming interface
Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
be
profile profile
Specifies the profile state of the MPLS echo request packet.
Values—
in, out

 

Default—
out
retry-count retry-count
Specifies the maximum number of consecutive MPLS echo requests, expressed as a decimal integer, that do not receive a reply before the trace operation fails for a specific TTL.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
5
downstream-map-tlv {dsmap | ddmap}—
Specifies which format of the Downstream Mapping TLV to use in the LSP trace packet. Use dsmap for the original DSMAP TLV format defined in RFC 4379. Use ddmap for the enhanced DDMAP TLV format defined in RFC 6424.
Default—
inherited from global configuration of downsteamn mapping TLV in option mpls-echo-request-downstream-map {dsmap | ddmap}
Output 

The following output is an example of LDP treetrace information.

Sample Output
*A:Dut-A# oam ldp-treetrace prefix 10.20.1.6/32 
 
ldp-treetrace for Prefix 10.20.1.6/32:
 
         127.0.0.1, ttl =   3 dst =      127.1.0.255 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:         127.0.0.1         127.0.0.1
 
         127.0.0.1, ttl =   3 dst =      127.2.0.255 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:         127.0.0.1         127.0.0.1
 
ldp-treetrace discovery state: Done
ldp-treetrace discovery status: ' OK '
Total number of discovered paths: 2
Total number of failed traces: 0

test-oam

Syntax 
test-oam
Context 
config
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone and standalone-VC), 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12

Description 

This command enables the context to configure Operations, Administration, and Maintenance test parameters.

ldp-treetrace

Syntax 
[no] ldp-treetrace
Context 
config>test-oam
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone and standalone-VC), 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12

Description 

This command enables the context to configure the LDP ECMP OAM tree trace which consists of an LDP ECMP path discovery and an LDP ECMP path probing features.

The no option deletes the configuration for the LDP ECMP OAM tree discovery and path probing under this context.

Output 

The following outputs are examples of LDP treetrace information over a numbered IP interface.

Sample Output
*A:Dut-B# oam ldp-treetrace prefix 10.20.1.5/32 
 
ldp-treetrace for Prefix 10.20.1.5/32:
 
       10.10.131.2, ttl =   2 dst =      127.1.0.253 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:          11.1.0.2
 
       10.10.132.2, ttl =   2 dst =      127.1.0.255 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:          11.1.0.2
 
       10.10.131.2, ttl =   2 dst =      127.2.0.255 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:          11.2.0.2
 
       10.10.132.2, ttl =   2 dst =      127.2.0.253 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:          11.2.0.2
 
ldp-treetrace discovery state: Done
ldp-treetrace discovery status: ' OK '
Total number of discovered paths: 4
Total number of failed traces: 0
 

fc

Syntax 
fc fc-name
no fc
Context 
config>test-oam>ldp-treetrace
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone and standalone-VC), 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12

Description 

This command configures the forwarding class of the MPLS echo request packet.

When an MPLS echo request packet is generated in the CPM and forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the specified fc parameter values. The LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface control the marking of the packet EXP.

When the MPLS echo request packet is received on the responding node, the LSP-EXP mappings of the incoming interface determine the fc parameter values.

When an MPLS echo reply packet is generated in the CPM and forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the fc parameter. The classification of the echo request packet being replied to at the incoming interface determines the value of the fc parameter. The LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface control the marking of the packet EXP. The TOS byte is not modified. Table 29 summarizes this behavior.

The no form of this command reverts the FC type to the default value.

Default 

be

Parameters 
fc-name—
Specifies the forwarding class of the MPLS echo request packets.
Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

path-discovery

Syntax 
path-discovery
Context 
config>test-oam>ldp-treetrace
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone and standalone-VC), 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12

Description 

This command enables the context to configure LDP ECMP OAM path discovery.

The ingress LER sends LSP Trace messages, including the LDP IPv4 Prefix FEC TLV and DSMAP TLV to the downstream LSR to build the ECMP tree for a specific FEC (egress FEC). It also inserts an IP address range drawn from the 127/8 space. The downstream LSR uses the address range to determine the ECMP path exercised by an IP address or a subrange of addresses within the specified range based on its internal hash routine. When the ingress LER receives the MPLS echo reply, it records this information and proceeds with the next echo request message targeted for a node downstream of the first LSR node along one of the ECMP paths. The subrange of IP addresses indicated in the initial reply allows the LSR downstream of the ingress LER to pass this message to its downstream node along the first ECMP path.

Use the interval command to configure the frequency of running tree discovery.

The ingress LER gets the list of FECs from the LDP FEC database. New FECs are added to the discovery list at the next tree discovery, and not when they are learned and added into the FEC database. Use the policy-statement command to configure FECs to include or exclude the use of a policy profile.

interval

Syntax 
interval minutes
no interval
Context 
config>test-oam>ldp-treetrace>path-discovery
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone and standalone-VC), 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12

Description 

This command configures the frequency of the LDP ECMP OAM path-discovery process. At every interval, the node sends LSP trace messages to discover the entire ECMP path tree for a specific destination FEC.

The no form of this command reverts the interval to its default value.

Default 

60

Parameters 
minutes—
Specifies the number of minutes to wait before repeating the LDP tree auto-discovery process.
Values—
60 to 1440

 

max-path

Syntax 
max-path max-paths
Context 
config>test-oam>ldp-treetrace>path-discovery
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone and standalone-VC), 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12.

Description 

This command configures the maximum number of ECMP paths the path discovery attempts to discover for each run every interval minutes.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

16

Parameters 
max-paths—
Specifies the maximum number of paths for the tree discovery.
Values—
1 to 16

 

max-ttl

Syntax 
max-ttl ttl-value
Context 
config>test-oam>ldp-treetrace>path-discovery
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE: standalone and standalone-VC, 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12

Description 

This command configures the maximum number of hops that are traced in the path of each FEC to be discovered.

The no form of this command reverts to the maximum time-to-live (TTL) default value.

Default 

255

Parameters 
ttl-value—
Specifies the maximum label TTL value for an LSP trace request during the tree discovery.
Values—
1 to 255

 

policy-statement

Syntax 
policy-statement policy-name [...(up to 5 max)]
Context 
config>test-oam>ldp-treetrace>path-discovery
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE: standalone and standalone-VC, 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12

Description 

This command configures FEC policy to determine which routes are imported from the LDP FEC database for the purpose of discovering its paths and probing them.

If no policy is specified, the ingress LER imports the full list of FECs from the LDP FEC database. New FECs are added to the discovery list at the next path discovery, and not when they are learned and added into the FEC database. A maximum of 500 FECs can be discovered using path discovery.

The user can configure the FECs to include or exclude.

Policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context. A maximum of five policy names can be specified.

The no form of this command removes the policy from the configuration.

Default 

no policy-statement

Parameters 
policy-name—
Specifies the route policy name to filter LDP imported address FECs. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. The specified policy names must already be defined.

retry-count

Syntax 
retry-count retry-count
no retry-count
Context 
config>oam-test>ldp-treetrace>path-discovery
config>oam-test>ldp-treetrace>path-probing
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE: standalone and standalone-VC, 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12

Description 

In the config>oam-test>ldp-treetrace>path-discovery context, this command configures the number of retransmissions of an LSP trace message to discover the path of an LDP FEC when no response is received within the timeout period.

In the config>oam-test>ldp-treetrace>path-probing context, this command configures the number of retransmissions of an LSP ping message to probe the path of an LDP FEC when no response is received within the timeout period.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

3

Parameters 
retry-count—
Specifies the maximum number of consecutive timeouts allowed before failing a path probe (ping).
Values—
1 to 10

 

timeout

Syntax 
timeout timeout
no timeout
Context 
config>test-oam>ldp-treetrace>path-discovery
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE: standalone and standalone-VC, 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12

Description 

This command configures the maximum amount of time, in seconds, that the node will wait for a response after sending an LSP Trace message sent to discover the path of an LDP FEC before it declares failure. After consecutive failures equal to the value configured for the retry-count command, the node gives up.

The no form of this command reverts the timeout period to the default value.

Default 

30

Parameters 
timeout—
Specifies the timeout period, in seconds.
Values—
1 to 60

 

path-probing

Syntax 
path-probing
Context 
config>test-oam>ldp-treetrace
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE: standalone and standalone-VC, 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12

Description 

This command enables the context to configure LDP tree trace path probing.

The periodic path exercising runs in the background to test the LDP ECMP paths discovered by the path discovery capability. The probe used is an LSP Ping message with an IP address drawn from the subrange of 127/8 addresses indicated by the output of the tree discovery for this FEC.

Use the interval command to configure the frequency of running path probes. If an interface is down on the ingress LER that is performing the LDP tree trace, LSP ping probes tfrom the interface are not sent, but the ingress LER node does not raise alarms.

The LSP ping routine updates the content of the MPLS echo request message, specifically the IP address, as soon as the LDP ECMP path discovery phase has output the results of a new computation for the path in question.

interval

Syntax 
interval minutes
no interval
Context 
config>test-oam>ldp-treetrace>path-probing
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE: standalone and standalone-VC, 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12

Description 

This command configures the frequency of the LSP Ping messages used to probe the paths of all LDP FECs discovered by the LDP tree trace path discovery.

The no option resets the interval to its default value.

Default 

1

Parameters 
minutes—
Specifies the number of minutes to wait between probing all active ECMP paths for each LDP FEC.
Values—
1 to 60

 

timeout

Syntax 
timeout timeout
no timeout
Context 
config>test-oam>ldp-treetrace>path-probing
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE: standalone and standalone-VC, 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12

Description 

This command configures the maximum amount of time, in minutes, that the node waits for a response after sending an LSP Ping message to probe the path of an LDP FEC before declaring failure. After consecutive failures equal to the value configured for the retry-count command, the node gives up.

The no form of this command resets the timeout period to its default value.

Default 

1

Parameters 
timeout—
Specifies the timeout parameter, in minutes.
Values—
1 to 3

 

mpls-echo-request-downstream-map

Syntax 
mpls-echo-request-downstream-map {dsmap | ddmap}
no mpls-echo-request-downstream-map
Context 
config>test-oam
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document

Description 

This command specifies which format of the DSMAP TLV to use in all LSP trace packets and LDP tree trace packets originated on this node. The DSMAP TLV is the original format defined in RFC 4379 and is the default value. The Downstream Detailed Mapping (DDMAP) TLV is the enhanced format, as defined in RFC 6424.

This command applies to the LSP trace of an RSVP P2P LSP, MPLS-TP LSP, or LDP unicast FEC, and to LDP tree trace of a unicast LDP FEC. It does not apply to LSP trace of an RSVP P2MP LSP, which always uses the DDMAP TLV.

The global DSMAP and DDMAP setting impacts the behavior of both OAM LSP trace packets and SAA test packets of type lsp-trace and is used by the sender node when one of the following events occurs.

  1. An SAA test of type lsp-trace is created (not modified) and no value is specified for the per-test downstream-map-tlv {dsmap | ddmap | none} option. In this case, the SAA test downstream-map-tlv value defaults to the global mpls-echo-request-downstream-map value.
  2. An OAM test of type lsp-trace test is executed and no value is specified for the per-test downstream-map-tlv {dsmap | ddmap | none} option. In this case, the OAM test downstream-map-tlv value defaults to the global mpls-echo-request-downstream-map value.

A consequence of the preceding rules is that a change to the value of mpls-echo-request-downstream-map does not affect the value inserted in the DSMAP TLV of existing tests.

The following are the details of the processing of the new DDMAP TLV.

  1. When either the DSMAP TLV or the DDMAP TLV is received in an echo request message, the responder node includes the same type of TLV in the echo reply message with the correct downstream interface and label stack information.
  2. If an echo request message without a DSMAP or DDMAP TLV expires at a node that is not the egress for the target FEC stack, the responder node always includes the DSMAP TLV in the echo reply message. This can occur in the following cases.
    1. The user issues an LSP trace from a sender node with a min-ttl value higher than 1 and a max-ttl value lower than the number of hops to reach the egress of the target FEC stack. This is the sender node behavior when the global configuration or the per-test setting of the DSMAP or DDMAP is set to DSMAP.
    2. The user issues an LSP ping from a sender node with a ttl value lower than the number of hops to reach the egress of the target FEC stack. This is the sender node behavior when the global configuration of the DSMAP or DDMAP is set to DSMAP.
    3. The behavior in (a) is changed when the global configuration or the per-test setting of the DSMAP TLV is set to DDMAP. In this case, the sender node includes the DDMAP TLV with the Downstream IP address field set to the all-routers multicast address, as defined in Section 3.3 of RFC 4379. The responder node bypasses the interface and label stack validation and replies with a DDMAP TLV with the correct downstream information for the target FEC stack.
  3. A sender node never includes the DSMAP or DDMAP TLV in an LSP Ping message.

In addition to performing the same features as the DSMAP TLV, the new DDMAP TLV addresses the following scenarios:

  1. full validation of an LDP FEC stitched to a BGP IPv4 label route; in this case, the LSP trace message is inserted from the LDP LSP segment or from the stitching point
  2. full validation of a BGP IPv4 label route stitched to an LDP FEC
  3. full validation of an LDP FEC that is stitched to a BGP LSP and stitched back into an LDP FEC; in this case, the LSP trace message is inserted from the LDP segments or the or from the stitching points
  4. full validation of an LDP FEC tunneled over an RSVP LSP using LSP trace

To correctly check a target FEC that is stitched to another FEC (stitching FEC) of the same or a different type, or that is tunneled over another FEC (tunneling FEC), the responding nodes must provide details about the FEC manipulation back to the sender node. This is achieved using the FEC stack change sub-TLV in the DDMAP TLV, as defined in RFC 6424.

When the user configures the use of the DDMAP TLV on a trace for an LSP that does not undergo stitching or tunneling in the network, the procedures at the sender and responder nodes are the same as for the DSMAP TLV.

This feature introduces changes to the target FEC stack validation procedures at the sender and responder nodes in the case of LSP stitching and LSP hierarchy. These changes pertain to the processing of the new FEC stack change sub-TLV in the new DDMAP TLV and the new return code of value 15 Label switched with FEC change.

The no form of this command reverts to the default behavior of using the DSMAP TLV in a LSP trace packet and LDP tree trace packet.

Default 

dsmap

Output 

The following output is an example of DSMAP TLV information.

LDP-over-RSVP
A          B          D          F          E          C  
o -------- o -------- o -------- o -------- o -------- o  
| \______/ | \____________________________/ | \______/ |  
 \  RSVP  /               LDP                \  RSVP  /   
  \______/                                    \______/    
    LDP                                         LDP       
 
Testing LDP FEC of Node C with DSMAP TLV
----------------------------------------
*A:Dut-A# 
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-trace prefix 10.20.1.3/32 downstream-map-tlv dsmap detail 
lsp-trace to 10.20.1.3/32: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 104 byte packets
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=3.90ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.4.4 ifaddr=10.10.4.4 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1500 
           label[1]=131068 protocol=3(LDP)
2  10.20.1.4  rtt=5.69ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.9.6 ifaddr=10.10.9.6 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1500 
           label[1]=131066 protocol=3(LDP)
3  10.20.1.6  rtt=7.88ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.10.5 ifaddr=10.10.10.5 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1500 
           label[1]=131060 protocol=3(LDP)
4  10.20.1.5  rtt=23.2ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.5.3 ifaddr=10.10.5.3 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=131071 protocol=3(LDP)
5  10.20.1.3  rtt=12.0ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1 
*A:Dut-A# 
 
 
Testing LDP FEC of Node C with DDMAP TLV
----------------------------------------
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-trace prefix 10.20.1.3/32 downstream-map-tlv ddmap detail 
lsp-trace to 10.20.1.3/32: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 136 byte packets
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=4.00ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=2 
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=3.48ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.4.4 ifaddr=10.10.4.4 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1500 
           label[1]=131068 protocol=3(LDP)
2  10.20.1.4  rtt=5.34ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.9.6 ifaddr=10.10.9.6 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1500 
           label[1]=131066 protocol=3(LDP)
3  10.20.1.6  rtt=7.78ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.10.5 ifaddr=10.10.10.5 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1500 
           label[1]=131060 protocol=3(LDP)
4  10.20.1.5  rtt=12.8ms rc=15(LabelSwitchedWithFecChange) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.5.3 ifaddr=10.10.5.3 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=131054 protocol=4(RSVP-TE)
           label[2]=131071 protocol=3(LDP)
           fecchange[1]=PUSH fectype=RSVP IPv4 prefix=10.20.1.3 remotepeer=10.10.5.3
 
5  10.20.1.3  rtt=12.8ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=2 
5  10.20.1.3  rtt=13.4ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1 
*A:Dut-A# 
 
 
 
D          F          E          C          A          B  
o -------- o -------- o -------- o -------- o -------- o  
  \_________________/ | \_________________/ | \______/ |  
          LDP          \     RSVP ECA      / \  RSVP  /   
                        \_________________/   \______/    
                                LDP             LDP       
 
Testing LDP FEC of Node B with DDMAP TLV
----------------------------------------
*A:Dut-D# 
*A:Dut-D# oam lsp-trace prefix 10.20.1.2/32 downstream-map-tlv ddmap detail 
lsp-trace to 10.20.1.2/32: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 108 byte packets
1  10.20.1.6  rtt=3.17ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.10.5 ifaddr=10.10.10.5 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1500 
           label[1]=131065 protocol=3(LDP)
2  10.20.1.5  rtt=8.27ms rc=15(LabelSwitchedWithFecChange) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.5.3 ifaddr=10.10.5.3 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=131068 protocol=4(RSVP-TE)
           label[2]=131065 protocol=3(LDP)
           fecchange[1]=PUSH fectype=RSVP IPv4 prefix=10.20.1.1 remotepeer=10.10.5.
 
3  10.20.1.3  rtt=9.50ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=2 
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.2.1 ifaddr=10.10.2.1 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1500 
           label[1]=131068 protocol=4(RSVP-TE)
4  10.20.1.1  rtt=10.4ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=2 
4  10.20.1.1  rtt=10.2ms rc=15(LabelSwitchedWithFecChange) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.1.2 ifaddr=10.10.1.2 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=131066 protocol=4(RSVP-TE)
           label[2]=131071 protocol=3(LDP)
           fecchange[1]=PUSH fectype=RSVP IPv4 prefix=10.20.1.2 remotepeer=10.10.1.
 
5  10.20.1.2  rtt=13.7ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=2 
5  10.20.1.2  rtt=13.6ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1 
*A:Dut-D# 
 
Testing LDP FEC of Node F with DSMAP TLV
----------------------------------------
*A:Dut-A# *A:Dut-A# oam lsp-trace prefix 10.20.1.6/32 downstream-map-
tlv dsmap detail lsp-trace to 10.20.1.6/32: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 104 byte packets
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=2.65ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1
2  10.20.1.3  rtt=4.89ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1
3  10.20.1.4  rtt=6.49ms rc=5(DSMappingMismatched) rsc=1 
*A:Dut-A#
 
Testing LDP FEC of Node F with DDMAP TLV
----------------------------------------
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-trace prefix 10.20.1.6/32 downstream-map-tlv ddmap detail lsp-
trace to 10.20.1.6/32: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 108 byte packets
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=3.50ms rc=15(LabelSwitchedWithFecChange) rsc=1
      DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.3.3 ifaddr=10.10.3.3 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496
            label[1]=131068 protocol=3(LDP)
            label[2]=131060 protocol=2(BGP)
            fecchange[1]=POP  fectype=LDP IPv4 prefix=10.20.1.6 remotepeer=0.0.0.0 (
Unknown)
            fecchange[2]=PUSH fectype=BGP IPv4 prefix=10.20.1.6 remotepeer=10.20.1.5
            fecchange[3]=PUSH fectype=LDP IPv4 prefix=10.20.1.5 remotepeer=10.10.3.3
2  10.20.1.3  rtt=6.53ms rc=15(LabelSwitchedWithFecChange) rsc=2
      DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.11.4 ifaddr=10.10.11.4 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496
            label[1]=131060 protocol=4(RSVP-TE)
            label[2]=131070 protocol=3(LDP)
            label[3]=131060 protocol=2(BGP)
            fecchange[1]=PUSH fectype=RSVP IPv4 prefix=10.20.1.4 remotepeer=10.10.11
.4
3  10.20.1.4  rtt=7.94ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=3
3  10.20.1.4  rtt=6.69ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=2
      DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.6.5 ifaddr=10.10.6.5 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1500
            label[1]=131071 protocol=3(LDP)
            label[2]=131060 protocol=2(BGP)
4  10.20.1.5  rtt=10.1ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=2
4  10.20.1.5  rtt=8.97ms rc=15(LabelSwitchedWithFecChange) rsc=1
      DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.10.6 ifaddr=10.10.10.6 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1500
            label[1]=131071 protocol=3(LDP)
            fecchange[1]=POP  fectype=BGP IPv4 prefix=10.20.1.6 remotepeer=0.0.0.0 (
Unknown)
            fecchange[2]=PUSH fectype=LDP IPv4 prefix=10.20.1.6 remotepeer=10.10.10.
6
5  10.20.1.6  rtt=11.8ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1 *A:Dut-A#
 
 
A         B          C           D         E 
o ------- o -------- o --------- o ---3--- o 
  \_____/ |            \_______/           | 
    LDP   |              RSVP              |             
          |\______________________________/|             
          |              LDP               |             
           \______________________________/              
                         BGP                             
Testing BGP Label Route of Node E with DDMAP TLV
-------------------------------------------------
*A:Dut-B# oam lsp-trace prefix 11.20.1.5/32 bgp-label downstream-map-
tlv ddmap detail lsp-trace to 11.20.1.5/32: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 124 byte packets
1  10.20.1.3  rtt=2.35ms rc=15(LabelSwitchedWithFecChange) rsc=2
      DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.11.4 ifaddr=10.10.11.4 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496
            label[1]=131060 protocol=4(RSVP-TE)
            label[2]=131070 protocol=3(LDP)
            label[3]=131070 protocol=2(BGP)
            fecchange[1]=PUSH fectype=RSVP IPv4 prefix=10.20.1.4 remotepeer=10.10.11
.4
2  10.20.1.4  rtt=4.17ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=3
2  10.20.1.4  rtt=4.50ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=2
      DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.6.5 ifaddr=10.10.6.5 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1500
            label[1]=131071 protocol=3(LDP)
            label[2]=131070 protocol=2(BGP)
3  10.20.1.5  rtt=7.78ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=2
3  10.20.1.5  rtt=6.80ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1 *A:Dut-B#
 
B          C           D         E         F   
o -------- o --------- o ---3--- o ---3--- o   
|            \_______/           | \_____/     
|              RSVP              |             
|\______________________________/|             
|              LDP               |             
 \______________________________/              
               BGP                             
 
Testing with DDMAP TLV LDP FEC of Node F when stitched to a BGP Label Route
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
*A:Dut-B# oam lsp-trace prefix 10.20.1.6/32 bgp-label downstream-map-
tlv ddmap detail lsp-trace to 10.20.1.6/32: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 124 byte packets
1  10.20.1.3  rtt=3.21ms rc=15(LabelSwitchedWithFecChange) rsc=2
      DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.11.4 ifaddr=10.10.11.4 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496
            label[1]=131060 protocol=4(RSVP-TE)
            label[2]=131070 protocol=3(LDP)
            label[3]=131060 protocol=2(BGP)
            fecchange[1]=PUSH fectype=RSVP IPv4 prefix=10.20.1.4 remotepeer=10.10.11
.4
2  10.20.1.4  rtt=5.50ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=3
2  10.20.1.4  rtt=5.37ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=2
      DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.6.5 ifaddr=10.10.6.5 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1500
            label[1]=131071 protocol=3(LDP)
            label[2]=131060 protocol=2(BGP)
3  10.20.1.5  rtt=7.82ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=2
3  10.20.1.5  rtt=6.11ms rc=15(LabelSwitchedWithFecChange) rsc=1
      DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.10.6 ifaddr=10.10.10.6 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1500
            label[1]=131071 protocol=3(LDP)
            fecchange[1]=POP  fectype=BGP IPv4 prefix=10.20.1.6 remotepeer=0.0.0.0 (
Unknown)
           fecchange[2]=PUSH fectype=LDP IPv4 prefix=10.20.1.6 remotepeer=10.10.10.6
4  10.20.1.6  rtt=10.2ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1 *A:Dut-B#

3.11.2.1.12. TWAMP commands

twamp

Syntax 
twamp
Context 
config>test-oam
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to configure TWAMP functionality.

Default 

no twamp

server

Syntax 
server
Context 
config>test-oam>twamp
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to configure the node for TWAMP server functionality.

prefix

Syntax 
prefix {ip-prefix | mask} [create]
no prefix
Context 
config>test-oam>twamp>server
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures an IP address prefix containing one or more TWAMP clients. In order for a TWAMP client to connect to the TWAMP server (and subsequently conduct tests) it must establish the control connection using an IP address that is part of a configured prefix

Default 

no prefix

Parameters 
prefix ip-prefix/mask —
Specifies the address prefix and subnet mask of the destination node.
ip-prefix —
Specifies the IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation.
Values—
a.b.c.d

 

Default—
none
mask—
Specifies the prefix length.
Values—
0 to 32

 

Default—
none
create—
Creates an entry.

description

Syntax 
description description-string
no description
Context 
config>test-oam>twamp>server>prefix
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command creates a text description for the current configuration context that is stored in the configuration file. The description command associates a text string with a configuration context to help identify the content in the configuration file.

The no form of this command removes the description.

Parameters 
description-string—
Specifies the description character string. Allowed values are any character strings up to 80 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed in double quotes.

max-conn-prefix

Syntax 
max-conn-prefix count
no max-conn-prefix
Context 
config>test-oam>twamp>server>prefix
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the maximum number of TWAMP control connections by clients with an IP address in a specific prefix. A new control connection is rejected if accepting it would cause either the prefix limit defined by this command or the server limit (max-conn-server) to be exceeded.

The no form of this command sets the default value.

Default 

no max-conn-prefix

Parameters 
count —
Specifies the maximum number of control connections.
Values—
16 (7210 SAS-M and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE)

 

Default—
8
Values—
32 (7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12)

 

Default—
16

max-sess-prefix

Syntax 
max-sess-prefix count
no max-sess-prefix
Context 
config>test-oam>twamp>server>prefix
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the maximum number of concurrent TWAMP-Test sessions by clients with an IP address in a specific prefix. A new test session (described by a Request-TW-Session message) is rejected if accepting it would cause either the limit defined by this command or the server limit (max-sess-server) to be exceeded.

The no form of this command instructs the system to go with the default value.

Default 

no max-sess-prefix

Parameters 
count —
Specifies the maximum number of concurrent test sessions.
Values—
16 (7210 SAS-M and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE)

 

Default—
8
Values—
32 (7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12)

 

Default—
16

inactivity-timeout

Syntax 
inactivity-timeout seconds
no inactivity-timeout
Context 
config>test-oam>twamp>server
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the inactivity timeout for all TWAMP-control connections. If no TWAMP control message is exchanged over the TCP connection for this duration of time the connection is closed and all tests in progress are terminated.

The no form of this command instructs the system to go with the default value.

Default 

no inactivity-timeout

Parameters 
retry-count —
Specifies the duration of the inactivity timeout.
Values—
60 to 3600

 

Default—
900

max-conn-server

Syntax 
max-conn-server count
no max-conn-server
Context 
config>test-oam>twamp>server
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the maximum number of TWAMP control connections from all TWAMP clients.

A new control connection is rejected if accepting it would cause either this limit or a prefix limit (max-conn-prefix) to be exceeded.

The no form of this command sets the default value.

Default 

no max-conn-server

Parameters 
count —
Specifies the maximum number of control connections.
Values—
16 (7210 SAS-M and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE)

 

Default—
8
Values—
32 (7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12)

 

Default—
16

max-sess-server

Syntax 
max-sess-server count
no max-sess-server
Context 
config>test-oam>twamp>server
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the maximum number of concurrent TWAMP-Test sessions across all allowed clients.

A new test session (described by a Request-TW-Session message) is rejected if accepting it would cause either the limit defined by this command or a prefix limit (max-sess-prefix) to be exceeded.

The no form of this command instructs the system to go with the default value.

Default 

no max-sessions

Parameters 
count —
Specifies the maximum number of concurrent test sessions.
Values—
16 (7210 SAS-M and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE)

 

Default—
8
Values—
32 (7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12)

 

Default—
16

shutdown

Syntax 
[no] shutdown
Context 
config>test-oam>twamp>server
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command administratively disables the TWAMP server.

The no form of this command administratively enables the TWAMP server.

Default 

shutdown

3.11.2.1.13. TWAMP Light Commands

twamp-light

Syntax 
twamp-light
Context 
config>router
config>service>vprn
config>test-oam>twamp
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to configure TWAMP Light functionality.

Note:

The config>service>vprn context is supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode.

reflector

Syntax 
reflector [udp-port udp-port-number] [create]
no reflector
Context 
config>router>twamp-light
config>service>vprn>twamp-light
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures TWAMP Light session reflector-specific parameters. When creating a reflector, the udp-port-number value must be configured and the create keyword must be included.

The no form of this command removes the reflector.

Note:

The config>service>vprn>twamp-light context is supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode.

Parameters 
udp-port-number—
Specifies the destination UDP port that the session reflector listens to for TWAMP Light packets. The session controller that is launching the TWAMP Light packets must have the same destination UDP port configured as part of the TWAMP Light test. IES services use the destination UDP port that is configured under the router context. Only one UDP port may be configured per unique context. An error message is generated if the specified UDP port is unavailable.
Values—
64364 to 64373

 

create—
Creates the reflector.

description

Syntax 
description description-string
no description
Context 
config>router>twamp-light>reflector
config>router>twamp-light>reflector>prefix
config>service>vprn>twamp-light>reflector
config>service>vprn>twamp-light>reflector>prefix
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 
Note:

The config>service>vprn>twamp-light>reflector and config>service>vprn>twamp-light>reflector>prefix contexts are supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode.

This command creates a text description for the current configuration context that is stored in the configuration file. The description command associates a text string with a configuration context to help identify the content in the configuration file.

The no form of this command removes the description.

Parameters 
description-string—
Specifies the description character string. Allowed values are any character strings up to 80 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed in double quotes.

prefix

Syntax 
prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length [create]
no prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length
Context 
config>router>twamp-light>reflector
config>service>vprn>twamp-light>reflector
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the IP prefixes that the reflector accepts TWAMP Light packets from and respond to. Each prefix requires its own configuration entry.

The no form of this command removes the specifies prefix.

Note:

The config>service>vprn>twamp-light>reflector context is supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode.

Parameters 
ip-prefix—
Specifies the IP address.
Values—
IPv4 address in the form a.b.c.d
IPv6 address in the form x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 6-bit pieces) (no multicast addresses)
               x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
               x [0..FFFF]H
               d [0..255]D

 

prefix-length—
Specifies the length of the IP prefix.
Values—
IPv4 — 0 to 32
IPv6 — 0 to 128

 

create—
Keyword used to create the IP prefix entry.

shutdown

Syntax 
[no] shutdown
Context 
config>router>twamp-light>reflector
config>service>vprn>twamp-light>reflector
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command disables the TWAMP Light reflector functionality within the current context.

The no form of this command enables the TWAMP Light reflector functionality within the current context.

Note:

The config>service>vprn>twamp-light>reflector context is supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode.

Default 

shutdown

inactivity-timeout

Syntax 
inactivity-timeout seconds
no inactivity-timeout
Context 
config>test-oam>twamp>twamp-light
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the length of time to maintain stale states on the session reflector. A stale state occurs when test data information has not been refreshed or updated by newly arriving probes for that specific test in a predetermined amount of time. Any single reflector can maintain an up state for a maximum of 12000 tests. If the maximum value is exceeded, the session reflector does not have memory to allocate to new tests.

The no form of this command disables the inactivity timer.

Default 

inactivity-timer 100

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the number of seconds to maintain a stale state.
Values—
10 to 100

 

session

Syntax 
session session-name [test-family {ethernet | ip} [session-type {proactive | on-demand}] create]
no session session-name
Context 
config>oam-pm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the individual session containers that house the test-specific configuration parameters. Since this session context provides only a container abstract to house the individual test functions, it cannot be shut down. Only individual tests sessions within the container may be shut down. No values, parameters, or configuration within this context may be changed if any individual test is active. Changes may only be made when all tests within the context are shut down, with the exception of the description.

The no form of this command removes the session.

Parameters 
session-name—
Specifies the name of the session container. 32 characters maximum.
ethernet—
Specifies that the test is based on the Ethernet layer.
ip—
Specifies that the test is based on the IP layer.
proactive—
Specifies that the test is always on, with no stop. Tests are proactive by default.
on-demand—
Specifies that the test runs on demand, with an immediate start and no stop, or a stop based on offset.
create—
Keyword to create the session container.

ip

Syntax 
ip
Context 
config>oam-pm>session
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to configure the IP-specific source and destination information, the priority, and the IP test tools on the launch point.

destination

Syntax 
destination ip-address
no destination
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ip
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the destination IP address to which the TWAMP Light packets are addressed. The destination address must be included in the prefix list on the session reflector within the context to allow the reflector to process the inbound TWAMP Light packets.

The no form of this command removes the destination parameters.

Default 

no destination

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address of the peer to which the packets are directed.
Values—
IPv4 address in the form a.b.c.d
IPv6 address in the form x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 6-bit pieces) (no multicast addresses)
               x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
               x [0..FFFF]H
               d [0..255]D

 

dest-udp-port

Syntax 
dest-udp-port udp-port-number
no dest-udp-port
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ip
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the destination UDP port to which the TWAMP Light packets are sent from the session controller. This value must match the udp-port udp-port number configured on the TWAMP Light reflector that responds to this specific TWAMP Light test.

The no form of this command removes the destination UDP port configuration.

Parameters 
udp-port-number—
Specifies the destination UDP port.
Values—
64364 to 64373

 

fc

Syntax 
fc fc-name
no fc
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ip
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the forwarding class designation for TWAMP Light packets that are sent through the node and exposed to the various QoS functions on the network element.

The no form of this command restores the default value.

Default 

fc be

Parameters 
fc-name—
Specifies the forwarding class.
Values—
be — best effort
l2 — low-2
af — assured
l1 — low-1
h2 — high-2
ef — expedited
h1 — high-1
nc — network control

 

forwarding

Syntax 
forwarding bypass-routing
forwarding interface interface-name
forwarding next-hop ip-address
no forwarding
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ip
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures influence for the forwarding decision of the TWAMP Light packet. When this command is used, only one of the forwarding options can be enabled at any time.

The no form of this command removes the configured influence and enables the default forwarding logic.

Default 

no forwarding

Parameters 
bypass-routing—
Specifies that packets should be sent to a host on a directly attached network, bypassing the routing table.
interface-name—
Specifies the name of the interface from which the packet is sent. The name must already exist in the config>router>interface context or within the appropriate config>service context. 32 characters maximum.
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address of the next hop.
Values—
IPv4 address in the form a.b.c.d
IPv6 address in the form x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 6-bit pieces) (no multicast addresses)
               x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
               x [0..FFFF]H
               d [0..255]D

 

profile

Syntax 
profile {in | out}
no profile
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ip
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures whether TWAMP Light PDUs are treated as in-profile or out-of-profile.

The no form of this command restores the default value. The default has been selected because the forwarding class defaults to best effort.

Default 

profile out

Parameters 
in—
Specifies that TWAMP Light PDU packets are treated as in-profile.
out—
Specifies that TWAMP Light PDU packets are treated as out-of-profile.

router

Syntax 
router router-instance
router service-name service-name
no router
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ip
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the source context from which TWAMP Light packets are launched. The routing instance and service name must be a VPRN instance.

NOTE: VPRN instances may only be specified on 7210 SAS platforms that support VPRN services. Refer to the platform-specific 7210 SAS-M, T, Mxp, Sx, S Quality of Service Guide for information about platform support for VPRN services.

The no form of this command restores the default value.

Default 

router base

Parameters 
router-instance—
Specifies the routing instance from which the TWAMP Light packets are launched.
Values—
router-name | service-id
router-name — “base”
service-id — 1 to 2147483647

 

service-name—
Specifies the name of the service from which the TWAMP Light packets are launched. 64 characters maximum.

source

Syntax 
source ip-address
no source
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ip
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the source IP address that the session controller (launch point) uses for the test. The source address must be a local resident IP address in the context; otherwise, the response packets are not processed by the TWAMP Light application. Only source addresses configured as part of TWAMP tests are able to process the reflected TWAMP packets from the session reflector.

The no form of this command removes the source address parameters.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the source IP address.
Values—
IPv4 address in the form a.b.c.d
IPv6 address in the form x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 6-bit pieces) (no multicast addresses)
               x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
               x [0..FFFF]H
               d [0..255]D

 

source-udp-port

Syntax 
source-udp-port udp-port-number
no source-udp-port
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ip
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command restricts the source UDP range. When this command is omitted, the source UDP port is dynamically allocated by the system. This command should only be used if a TWAMP Client is used to establish a TCP connection and communicate the test parameters to a TWAMP Server over TWAMP TCP Control, and the test is launched from OAM-PM (Session-Sender). This command should not be used when the reflection point is a TWAMP Light reflector that does not require TCP TWAMP Control.

The no form of this command removes the source UDP port configuration and enables default allocation.

Default 

no source-udp-port

Parameters 
udp-port-number—
Specifies the source UDP port.
Values—
64374 to 64383

 

ttl

Syntax 
ttl time-to-live
no ttl
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ip
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the value of the TTL (time to live) field in the IP header.

The no form of this command restores the default value.

Default 

ttl 255

Parameters 
time-to-live—
Specifies the numerical value to place in the TTL field.
Values—
1 to 255

 

twamp-light

Syntax 
twamp-light [test-id test-id] [create]
no twamp-light
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ip
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command assigns an identifier to the TWAMP Light test and creates the individual test.

The no form of this command removes the TWAMP Light test function from the OAM-PM session.

Default 

no twamp-light

Parameters 
test-id—
Specifies the value of the 4-byte local test identifier that is not sent in TWAMP Light packets.
Values—
0 to 2147483647

 

create—
Creates the test.

interval

Syntax 
interval milliseconds
no interval
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the message period, or probe spacing, for the transmission of TWAMP Light frames.

The no form of this command restores the default value.

Parameters 
milliseconds—
Specifies the number of milliseconds between the transmission of TWAMP Light frames.
Values—
100, 1000, 10000

 

loss

Syntax 
loss
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light
Description 

This command enables the context to configure loss parameters for the TWAMP-Light test.

pad-size

Syntax 
pad-size octets
no pad-size
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the amount by which the TWAMP Light packets are padded. TWAMP session-controller packets are 27 bytes smaller than TWAMP session-reflector packets. If symmetrical packet sizes in the forward and backward direction are required, a minimum padding of 27 bytes must be configured.

The no form of this command removes all padding.

Default 

pad-size 0

Parameters 
padding—
Specifies the size of the padding, in octets.
Values—
0 to 2000

 

record-stats

Syntax 
record-stats {delay | loss | delay-and-loss}
no record-stats
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command configures the statistics that are recorded and reported for the TWAMP-Light PDU.

The TWAMP-Light PDU can report on both delay and loss using a single packet. The user can choose which statistics to report. Only delay recording is enabled by default. All other metrics are ignored.

To change the record statistics configuration, the user must shut down the TWAMP-Light session. This is required because base statistics are shared among various datasets as a result of the single packet approach of the TWAMP-Light PDU. Issuing a no shutdown command clears all previous non-volatile memory for the session and allocates new memory blocks.

All command parameters are mutually exclusive.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

record-stats delay

Parameters 
delay—
Specifies to report on delay using a single packet.
loss —
Specifies to report on loss using a single packet.
delay-and-loss—
Specifies to report on both delay and loss using a single packet.

shutdown

Syntax 
[no] shutdown
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command starts or stops the test.

Default 

shutdown

test-duration

Syntax 
test-duration seconds
no test-duration
Context 
config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This optional command configures the length of time that the test runs before stopping automatically. This command is only a valid option when a session-type is configured as on-demand. This command is not an option when the session-type is configured as proactive.

The no form of this command removes a previously configured test-duration value and allows the TWAMP Light test to execute until it is stopped manually.

Default 

test-duration 0

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the length of time, in seconds, that the TWAMP light test runs.
Values—
1 to 86400

 

3.11.2.1.14. Show Commands

twamp-light

Syntax 
twamp-light
Context 
show>router
show>service
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays TWAMP Light information.

Output 

The following output is an example of TWAMP light information, and Table 30 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
show router twamp-light
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TWAMP-Light Reflector
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin State          : Up                      UDP Port         : 15000
Description          : (Not Specified)
Up Time              : 0d 00:02:24
Test Frames Received : 0                       Test Frames Sent : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TWAMP-Light Reflector Prefixes
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prefix                                      Description
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
172.16.1.0/24
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of TWAMP-Light Reflector Prefixes: 1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
 
show service id 500 twamp-light
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TWAMP-Light Reflector
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin State          : Up                      UDP Port         : 15000
Description          : TWAMP Light reflector VPRN 500
Up Time              : 0d 01:47:12
Test Frames Received : 6431                    Test Frames Sent : 6431
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TWAMP-Light Reflector Prefixes
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prefix                                      Description
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.2.1.1/32                                 Process only 10.2.1.1 TWAMP Light
                                            Packets
172.16.1.0/24                               Process all 172.16.1.0 TWAMP
                                            Light packets
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of TWAMP-Light Reflector Prefixes: 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Table 30:  Output Fields: TWAMP Light 

Label

Description

TWAMP Light Reflector

Admin State

Up—Specifies that the server or prefix is administratively enabled (no shutdown) in configuration.

Down—Specifies that the server or prefix is administratively disabled (shutdown) in configuration.

Decription

Text string to describe the context of the protocol.

Up Time

The time since the server process was started, measured in days (d), hours, minutes, and seconds

UDP Port

The UDP port number used

Test Frames Received

The total number of frames received from session senders

Test Frames Sent

The total number of frames sent to session senders

Prefixes

The time since the server process was started, measured in days (d), hours, minutes, and seconds

saa

Syntax 
saa [test-name] [owner test-owner]
Context 
show>saa
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays information about the SAA test.

If no specific test is specified, a summary of all configured tests is displayed.

If a specific test is specified, detailed test results for that test are displayed for the last three occurrences that this test has been executed, or since the last time the counters have been reset via a system reboot or clear command.

Parameters 
test-name—
Specifies the name of the SAA test for which the information needs to be displayed. The test name must already be configured in the config>saa>test context.
owner test-owner
Specifies the owner of an SAA operation up to 32 characters.
Values—
32 characters maximum.

 

Default—
If a test-owner value is not specified, tests created by the CLI have a default owner “TiMOS CLI”.
Output 

The following output is an example of SAA information, and Table 31 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:7210 SAS>show# saa
 
===============================================================================
SAA Test Information
===============================================================================
Test name                    : abc
Owner name                   : TiMOS CLI
Description                  : test
Accounting policy            : None
Administrative status        : Disabled
Test type                    : Not configured
Trap generation              : None
Test runs since last clear   : 0
Number of failed test runs   : 0
Last test result             : Undetermined
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Threshold
Type        Direction Threshold  Value      Last Event          Run #
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jitter-in   Rising    None       None       Never               None
            Falling   None       None       Never               None
Jitter-out  Rising    None       None       Never               None
            Falling   None       None       Never               None
Jitter-rt   Rising    100        None       Never               None
            Falling   10.0       None       Never               None
Latency-in  Rising    None       None       Never               None
            Falling   None       None       Never               None
Latency-out Rising    None       None       Never               None
            Falling   None       None       Never               None
Latency-rt  Rising    100        None       Never               None
            Falling   20.0       None       Never               None
Loss-in     Rising    None       None       Never               None
            Falling   None       None       Never               None
Loss-out    Rising    None       None       Never               None
            Falling   None       None       Never               None
Loss-rt     Rising    300        None       Never               None
            Falling   30         None       Never               None
 
===============================================================================
 
===============================================================================
*A:7210 SAS>show#
 
Table 31:  Ouput Fields: SAA  

Label

Description

Test Name

Specifies the name of the test.

Owner Name

Specifies the owner of the test.

Description

Specifies the description for the test type.

Accounting policy

Specifies the associated accounting policy ID.

Administrative status

Specifies whether the administrative status is enabled or disabled.

Test type

Specifies the type of test configured.

Trap generation

Specifies the trap generation for the SAA test.

Test runs since last clear

Specifies the total number of tests performed since the last time the tests were cleared.

Number of failed tests run

Specifies the total number of tests that failed.

Last test run

Specifies the last time a test was run.

Threshold type

Indicates the type of threshold event being tested, jitter-event, latency-event, or loss-event, and the direction of the test responses received for a test run:

in — inbound

out — outbound

rt — roundtrip

Direction

Indicates the direction of the event threshold, rising or falling.

Threshold

Displays the configured threshold value.

Value

Displays the measured crossing value that triggered the threshold crossing event.

Last event

Indicates the time that the threshold crossing event occurred.

Run #

Indicates what test run produced the specified values.

test-oam

Syntax 
test-oam
Context 
show
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to display Operations, Administration, and Maintenance test parameters

Output 

The following output is an example of OAM test parameters information.

Sample Output
*A:Dut-A# show saa "Dut-A:1413:1501" owner "TiMOS"
===============================================================================
SAA Test Information
===============================================================================
Test name                    : Dut-A:1413:1501                                 
Owner name                   : TiMOS                                           
Administrative status        : Enabled                                         
Test type                    : vccv-ping 1413:1501 fc "nc" timeout 10 size 200
                               count 2
Test runs since last clear   : 1                                               
Number of failed test runs   : 0                                               
Last test result             : Success                                         
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Threshold
Type        Direction Threshold  Value      Last Event          Run #
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jitter-in   Rising    None       None       Never               None     
            Falling   None       None       Never               None     
Jitter-out  Rising    None       None       Never               None     
            Falling   None       None       Never               None     
Jitter-rt   Rising    None       None       Never               None     
            Falling   None       None       Never               None     
Latency-in  Rising    None       None       Never               None     
            Falling   None       None       Never               None     
Latency-out Rising    None       None       Never               None     
            Falling   None       None       Never               None     
Latency-rt  Rising    100        None       Never               None     
            Falling   None       None       Never               None     
Loss-in     Rising    None       None       Never               None     
            Falling   None       None       Never               None     
Loss-out    Rising    None       None       Never               None     
            Falling   None       None       Never               None     
Loss-rt     Rising    2          None       Never               None     
            Falling   None       None       Never               None 
===============================================================================
Test Run: 144
Total number of attempts: 2
Number of requests that failed to be sent out: 0
Number of responses that were received: 2
Number of requests that did not receive any response: 0
Total number of failures: 0, Percentage: 0
 (in ms)            Min         Max     Average      Jitter
Outbound  :           0           0           0           0
Inbound   :          10          20          15           0
Roundtrip :          10          20          15           0
Per test packet: 
  Sequence    Outbound     Inbound   RoundTrip Result
         1           0          20          20 EgressRtr(10.20.1.4)
         2           0          10          10 EgressRtr(10.20.1.4)
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-A# 

eth-cfm

Syntax 
eth-cfm
Context 
show
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to display CFM information.

association

Syntax 
association [ma-index] [detail]
Context 
show>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays eth-cfm association information.

Parameters 
ma-index—
Specifies the MA index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

detail—
Specifies detailed information for the eth-cfm association.
Output 

The following output is an example of ETH-CFM information, and Table 32 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
 
A:dut-b# show eth-cfm association 
 
======================================================================
CFM Association Table
======================================================================
Md-index   Ma-index   Name                     CCM-interval Bridge-id          
----------------------------------------------------------------------
1          1          a1                       1            1         
1          2          a2                       1            2         
2          1          a1                       1            2         
2          2          a2                       1            1         
======================================================================
A:dut-b# 
Table 32:  Output Fields: ETH-CFM Association 

Label

Description

Md-index

Displays the MD index

Ma-index

Displays the MA index

Name

Displays the name of the MA

CCM-interval

Displays the CCM interval (in seconds)

Bridge-id

Displays the bridge ID for the MA. The bridge ID is the same value as the service ID of the service to which the MEP belongs.

cfm-stack-table

Syntax 
cfm-stack-tableup | down[port [port-id [vlan vlan-id]]|sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]] [level 0..7] [direction up | down]
Context 
show>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays stack-table information. This stack-table is used to display the various management points MEPs and MIPs that are configured on the system. These can be Service based or facility based. If no parameters are included, the entire stack-table is displayed.

Parameters 
port port-id
Specifies the bridge port or aggregated port on which MEPs or MHFs are configured.
vlan vlan-id
Specifies the associated VLAN ID.
Values—
0 to 4094

 

level —
Specifies the MD level of the maintenance point.
Values—
0 to 7

 

direction up | down—
Specifies the direction in which the MP faces on the bridge port.
Output 

The following output is an example of CFM stack-table information, and Table 33 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
A:dut-b# show eth-cfm cfm-stack-table 
 
========================================================================
CFM SAP Stack Table
========================================================================
Sap            Level Dir  Md-index   Ma-index   Mep-id Mac-address             
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/9:1        6     Down 1          1          1      00:25:ba:01:c3:6a
1/1/9:1        7     Down 2          2          1      00:25:ba:01:c3:6a
1/1/9:2        6     Down 1          2          1      00:25:ba:01:c3:6a
1/1/9:2        7     Down 2          1          1      00:25:ba:01:c3:6a
========================================================================
 
========================================================================
CFM Ethernet Tunnel Stack Table
========================================================================
Eth-tunnel     Level Dir  Md-index   Ma-index   Mep-id Mac-address             
------------------------------------------------------------------------
========================================================================
 
========================================================================
CFM SDP Stack Table
========================================================================
Sdp            Level Dir  Md-index   Ma-index   Mep-id Mac-address             
------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Matching Entries
========================================================================
 
========================================================================
CFM Virtual Stack Table
========================================================================
Service        Level Dir  Md-index   Ma-index   Mep-id Mac-address             
------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Matching Entries
========================================================================
A:dut-b#
Table 33:  Output Fields: CFM stack Table 

Label

Description

Sap

Displays the SAP identifier

Level

Displays the MD level of the domain

Dir (direction)

Displays the direction of OAMPDU transmission

Md-index

Displays the MD index of the domain

Ma-index

Displays the MA index of the domain

Mep-id

Displays the MEP identifier

Mac-address

Displays the MAC address of the MEP

domain

Syntax 
domain [md-index] [association ma-index | all-associations] [detail]
Context 
show>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays domain information.

Parameters 
md-index—
Specifies the index of the MD to which the MP is associated, or 0, if none.
Values—
[1..4294967295]

 

association ma-index
Specifies the index to which the MP is associated, or 0, if none.
all-associations—
Specifies all associations to the MD.
detail—
Specifies detailed domain information.
Output 

The following output is an example of ETH-CFM domain information, and Table 34 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
A:dut-b# show eth-cfm domain 
 
==============================================================================
CFM Domain Table
==============================================================================
Md-index   Level Name                                       Format             
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1          6     d1                                         charString        
2          7     d2                                         charString        
==============================================================================
A:dut-b# 
Table 34:  Output Fields: ETH-CFM Domain 

Label

Description

Domain

Md-index

Displays the MD index of the domain

Level

Displays the MD level of the domain

Name

Displays the name of the MD

Name Format

Displays the format for the MD name

mep

Syntax 
mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [loopback] [linktrace] [eth-bandwidth-notification]
mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [remote-mepid mep-id | all-remote-mepids]
mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index eth-test-results [remote-peer mac-address]
mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index one-way-delay-test [remote-peer mac-address]
mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index two-way-delay-test [remote-peer mac-address]
mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index two-way-slm-test [remote-peer mac-address]
Context 
show>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays information for a specified Maintenance Endpoint (MEP).

Parameters 
domain md-index
Specifies the index of the MD to which the MP is associated, or 0, if none.
association ma-index
Specifies the index of the MA to which the MP is associated, or 0, if none.
loopback—
Specifies loopback information for the MEP.
linktrace—
Specifies linktrace information for the MEP.
eth-bandwidth-notification—
Specifies the active ETH-BN notification parameters received from the peer and reported to the rate function on the associated port. This keyword is only supported on the 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12.
remote-mepid—
Specifies remote MEP ID information for the MEP.
remote-peer mac-address
Specifies remote peer information for the MEP.
one-way-delay-test—
Specifies one-way delay test information for the MEP.
two-way-delay-test—
Specifies two-way delay test information for the MEP.
two-way-slm-test—
Specifies two-way SLM test information for the MEP.
eth-test-results —
Specifies ETH test result information for the MEP.
all-remote-mepids —
Specifies all remote MEP information for the MEP.
statistics —
Specifies MEP statistics.
detail —
Specifies detailed MEP information.
Output 

The following outputs are examples of MEP information, and the associated tables describe the output fields:

Sample Output 1
A:dut-b# show eth-cfm mep 1 domain 1 association 1 linktrace 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mep Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Md-index           : 1                        Direction         : Down
Ma-index           : 1                        Admin             : Enabled
MepId              : 1                        CCM-Enable        : Enabled
IfIndex            : 35946496                 PrimaryVid        : 1
FngState           : fngReset                 ControlMep        : False
LowestDefectPri    : macRemErrXcon            HighestDefect     : none
Defect Flags       : None
Mac Address        : 00:25:ba:01:c3:6a        CcmLtmPriority    : 7
CcmTx              : 0                        CcmSequenceErr    : 0
Eth-1Dm Threshold  : 3(sec)                   
Eth-Ais:           : Disabled                 
Eth-Tst:           : Disabled                 
CcmLastFailure Frame:
    None
XconCcmFailure Frame:
    None
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mep Linktrace Message Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LtRxUnexplained    : 0                        LtNextSequence    : 2
LtStatus           : False                    LtResult          : False
TargIsMepId        : False                    TargMepId         : 0
TargMac            : 00:00:00:00:00:00        TTL               : 64
EgressId           : 00:00:00:25:ba:01:c3:6a  SequenceNum       : 1
LtFlags            : useFDBonly
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mep Linktrace Replies
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SequenceNum        : 1                        ReceiveOrder      : 1
Ttl                : 63                       Forwarded         : False
LastEgressId       : 00:00:00:25:ba:01:c3:6a  TerminalMep       : True
NextEgressId       : 00:00:00:25:ba:00:5e:bf  Relay             : rlyHit
ChassisIdSubType   : unknown value (0)        
ChassisId:
    None
ManAddressDomain:
    None
ManAddress:
    None
IngressMac         : 00:25:ba:00:5e:bf        Ingress Action    : ingOk
IngrPortIdSubType  : unknown value (0)        
IngressPortId:
    None                              
EgressMac          : 00:00:00:00:00:00        Egress Action     : egrNoTlv
EgrPortIdSubType   : unknown value (0)        
EgressPortId:
    None
Org Specific TLV:
    None
A:dut-b# 
A:dut-b# 
 
A:dut-b# show eth-cfm mep 1 domain 1 association 1 loopback 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mep Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Md-index           : 1                        Direction         : Down
Ma-index           : 1                        Admin             : Enabled
MepId              : 1                        CCM-Enable        : Enabled
IfIndex            : 35946496                 PrimaryVid        : 1
FngState           : fngReset                 ControlMep        : False
LowestDefectPri    : macRemErrXcon            HighestDefect     : none
Defect Flags       : None
Mac Address        : 00:25:ba:01:c3:6a        CcmLtmPriority    : 7
CcmTx              : 0                        CcmSequenceErr    : 0
Eth-1Dm Threshold  : 3(sec)                   
Eth-Ais:           : Disabled                 
Eth-Tst:           : Disabled                 
CcmLastFailure Frame:
    None
XconCcmFailure Frame:
    None
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mep Loopback Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LbRxReply          : 1                        LbRxBadOrder      : 0
LbRxBadMsdu        : 0                        LbTxReply         : 0
LbSequence         : 2                        LbNextSequence    : 2
LbStatus           : False                    LbResultOk        : True
DestIsMepId        : False                    DestMepId         : 0
DestMac            : 00:00:00:00:00:00        SendCount         : 0
VlanDropEnable     : True                     VlanPriority      : 7
Data TLV:
    None
A:dut-b# 
 
*A:dut-b# show eth-cfm mep 1 domain 4 association 4 two-way-delay-test remote-
peer 00:25:ba:00:5e:bf 
 
==================================================================
Eth CFM Two-way Delay Test Result Table
==================================================================
Peer Mac Addr         Delay (us)          Delay Variation (us)                 
------------------------------------------------------------------
00:25:ba:00:5e:bf     507                 507                     
==================================================================
*A:dut-b#
*A:dut-b# show eth-cfm mep 1 domain 4 association 4 two-way-delay-test 
 
==================================================================
Eth CFM Two-way Delay Test Result Table
==================================================================
Peer Mac Addr         Delay (us)          Delay Variation (us)                 
------------------------------------------------------------------
00:25:ba:00:5e:bf     507                 507                     
==================================================================
*A:dut-b# 
*A:dut-a# show eth-cfm mep 2 domain 4 association 4  eth-test-results remote-
peer 00:25:ba:01:c3:6a 
 
==============================================================
Eth CFM ETH-Test Result Table
==============================================================
                                 Current        Accumulate                     
                  FrameCount     ErrBits        ErrBits                        
Peer Mac Addr     ByteCount      CrcErrs        CrcErrs                        
--------------------------------------------------------------
00:25:ba:01:c3:6a 6              0              0             
                  384            0              0             
==============================================================
*A:dut-a# 
*A:dut-a# show eth-cfm mep 2 domain 4 association 4  eth-test-results 
 
==============================================================
Eth CFM ETH-Test Result Table
==============================================================
                                 Current        Accumulate                     
                  FrameCount     ErrBits        ErrBits                        
Peer Mac Addr     ByteCount      CrcErrs        CrcErrs                        
--------------------------------------------------------------
00:25:ba:01:c3:6a 6              0              0             
                  384            0              0             
==============================================================
*A:dut-a# show eth-cfm mep 2 domain 4 association 4 one-way-delay-test remote-
peer 00:25:ba:01:c3:6a
 
==================================================================
Eth CFM One-way Delay Test Result Table
==================================================================
Peer Mac Addr         Delay (us)          Delay Variation (us)                 
------------------------------------------------------------------
00:25:ba:01:c3:6a     402                 402                
==================================================================
*A:dut-a# 
 
*A:dut-a# show eth-cfm mep 2 domain 4 association 4 one-way-delay-test 
 
==================================================================
Eth CFM One-way Delay Test Result Table
==================================================================
Peer Mac Addr         Delay (us)          Delay Variation (us)                 
------------------------------------------------------------------
00:25:ba:01:c3:6a     402                 402                
==================================================================
*A:dut-a# 
 
show eth-cfm mep 28 domain 14 association 2 all-remote-mepids detail
===============================================================================
Eth-CFM Remote-MEP Information
===============================================================================
Remote MEP ID    : 30                   State            : True/Grace
Auto Discovered  : False                RDI              : False
Port Status TLV  : Up                   I/F Status TLV   : Up
MAC Address      : 00:00:00:00:00:30    CCM Last Change  : 02/06/2014 21:37:00
Chass. ID SubType: local
Chassis ID       : access-012-west
Man Addr Domain  : (Not Specified)
Remote MEP ID    : 32                   State            : True/Grace
Auto Discovered  : True                 RDI              : False
Port Status TLV  : Up                   I/F Status TLV   : Up
MAC Address      : 00:00:00:00:00:32    CCM Last Change  : 02/06/2014 21:37:00
Chass. ID SubType: chassisComponent
Chassis ID       : (Not Specified)
Man Addr Domain  : (Not Specified)
=============================================================================== 
 
show eth-cfm mep 28 domain 14 association 2 remote-mepid 30 detail
===============================================================================
Eth-CFM Remote-MEP Information
===============================================================================
Remote MEP ID    : 30                   State            : True/Grace
Auto Discovered  : False                RDI              : False
Port Status TLV  : Up                   I/F Status TLV   : Up
MAC Address      : 00:00:00:00:00:30    CCM Last Change  : 02/06/2014 21:37:00
Chass. ID SubType: local
Chassis ID       : access-012-west
Man Addr Domain  : (Not Specified)
===============================================================================
 
show eth-cfm mep 28 domain 14 association 2 remote-mepid 30        
=============================================================================
Eth-CFM Remote-Mep Table
=============================================================================
R-mepId AD Rx CC RxRdi Port-Tlv If-Tlv Peer Mac Addr     CCM status since
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
30      F  True  False Up       Up     00:00:00:00:00:30 02/06/2014 21:37:00
=============================================================================
Entries marked with a 'T' under the 'AD' column have been auto-discovered. 
Table 35:  Output fields: MEP 

Label

Description

Mep Information

Md-index

Displays the MD index of the domain

Direction

Displays the direction of OAMPDU transmission

Ma-index

Displays the MA index of the association

Admin

Displays the administrative status of the MEP

MepId

Displays the MEP identifier

CCM-Enable

Displays the status of the CCM (enabled or disabled)

IfIndex

Displays the index of the interface

PrimaryVid

Displays the identifier of the primary VLAN

FngState

Indicates the different states of the Fault Notification Generator

LowestDefectPri

Displays the lowest priority defect (a configured value) that is allowed to generate a fault alarm

HighestDefect

Identifies the highest defect that is present (for example, if defRDICCM and defXconCCM are present, the highest defect is defXconCCM)

Defect Flags

Displays the number of defect flags

Mac Address

Displays the MAC address of the MEP

CcmLtmPriority

Displays the priority value transmitted in the linktrace messages (LTM)s and CCMs for this MEP. The MEP must be configured on a VLAN.

CcmTx

Displays the number of Continuity Check Messages (CCM) sent. The count is taken from the last polling interval (every 10 s).

CcmSequenceErr

Displays the number of CCM errors

Eth-1DM Threshold

Displays the one-way-delay threshold value

Eth-Ais

Displays the state of the ETH-AIS test (enabled or disabled)

Eth-Test

Displays the state of the ETH-Test (enabled or disabled)

CcmLastFailure Frame

Displays the frame that caused the last CCM failure

XconCcmFailure Frame

Displays the frame that caused the XconCCMFailure

Mep Loopback Information

LbRxReply

Displays the number of received loopback (LB) replies

LbRxBadOrder

Displays the number of received loopback messages that are in a bad order

LbRxBadMsdu

Displays the number of loopback replies that have been received with the wrong destination MAC address (MSDU = MAC Service Data Unit)

LbTxReply

Displays the number of loopback replies transmitted out this MEP

LbTxReply (Total)

Displays the total number of LBRs (loopback replies) transmitted from this MEP

LbTxReplyNoTLV

Displays the number of LBRs (loopback replies) transmitted from this MEP with no TLV. Because only LBMs with no TLVs are used for throughput testing, the LbTxReply (Total), LbTxReplyNoTLV, and LbTxReplyWithTLV counters can help debug problems if throughput testing is not working

LbTxReplyWithTLV

Displays the number of LBRs (loopback replies) transmitted from this MEP with TLV

LbSequence

Displays the sequence number in the loopback message

LbNextSequence

Displays the next loopback sequence

LbStatus

Displays the loopback status as True or False:

True — loopback is in progress

False — no loopback is in progress

LbResultOk

Displays the result of the loopback test

DestIsMepId

Identifies whether the destination interface has a MEP-ID (true or false)

DestMepId

Displays the MEP-ID of the destination interface

DestMac

Displays the MAC address of the destination interface

SendCount

Indicates the number of loopback messages sent

VlanDropEnable

Identifies whether the VLAN drop is enabled (true or false)

VlanPriority

Displays the VLAN priority

Data TLV

Displays the data TLV information

Mep Linktrace Message Information

LtRxUnexplained

Displays the number of unexplained linktrace messages (LTM) that have been received

LtNextSequence

Displays the sequence number of the next linktrace message

LtStatus

Displays the status of the linktrace

LtResult

Displays the result of the linktrace

TargIsMepId

Identifies whether the target interface has a MEP-ID (true or false)

TargMepId

Displays the MEP-ID of the target interface

TargMac

Displays the MAC address of the target interface

TTL

Displays the TTL value

EgressId

Displays the egress ID of the linktrace message

SequenceNum

Displays the sequence number of the linktrace message

LtFlags

Displays the linktrace flags

Mep Linktrace Replies

SequenceNum

Displays the sequence number returned by a previous transmit linktrace message, indicating which linktrace message response is returned

ReceiveOrder

Displays the order in which the linktrace initiator received the linktrace replies

Ttl

Displays the TTL field value for a returned linktrace reply

Forwarded

Indicates whether the linktrace message was forwarded by the responding MEP

LastEgressId

Displays the last egress identifier returned in the linktrace reply egress identifier TLV of the linktrace reply

The last egress identifier identifies the MEP linktrace initiator that initiated, or the linktrace responder that forwarded, the linktrace message for which this linktrace reply is the response.

This is the same value as the egress identifier TLV of that linktrace message.

TerminalMep

Indicates whether the forwarded linktrace message reached a MEP enclosing its MA

NextEgressId

Displays the next egress identifier returned in the linktrace reply egress identifier TLV of the linktrace reply. The next egress identifier identifies the linktrace responder that transmitted this linktrace reply and can forward the linktrace message to the next hop. This is the same value as the egress identifier TLV of the forwarded linktrace message, if any.

Relay

Displays the value returned in the Relay Action field

ChassisIdSubType

Displays the format of the chassis ID returned in the Sender ID TLV of the linktrace reply, if any. This value is meaningless if the chassis ID has a length of 0

ChassisId

Displays the chassis ID returned in the Sender ID TLV of the linktrace reply, if any. The format is determined by the value of the ChassisIdSubType.

ManAddressDomain

Displays the TDomain that identifies the type and format of the related ManAddress, used to access the SNMP agent of the system transmitting the linktrace reply

Received in the linktrace reply Sender ID TLV from that system

ManAddress

Displays the TAddress that can be used to access the SNMP agent of the system transmitting the CCM

Received in the CCM Sender ID TLV from that system

IngressMac

Displays the MAC address returned in the ingress MAC address field

Ingress Action

Displays the value returned in the Ingress Action field of the linktrace message

IngressPortIdSubType

Displays the format of the ingress port ID

IngressPortId

Displays the ingress port ID; the format is determined by the value of the IngressPortIdSubType

EgressMac

Displays the MAC address returned in the egress MAC address field

Egress Action

Displays the value returned in the Egress Action field of the linktrace message

EgressPortIdSubType

Displays the format of the egress port ID

EgressPortId

Displays the egress port ID; the format is determined by the value of the EgressPortIDSubType

Org Specific TLV

Displays all organization-specific TLVs returned in the linktrace reply, if any

Includes all octets including and following the TLV length field of each TLV, concatenated

Eth-Test

Peer Mac Addr

Displays the MAC address of the peer (remote) entity

FrameCount

Displays the number of test frames sent between the MEP and the peer entity

ByteCount

Displays the number of bytes sent between the MEP and the peer entity

Current ErrBits

Displays the number of bit errors in the current test

Current CrcErrs

Displays the number of CRC errors in the current test

Accumulate ErrBits

Displays the accumulated number of bit errors in the current test

Accumulate CrcErrs

Displays the accumulated number of CRC errors in the current test

Delay Measurement Test

Peer Mac Addr

Displays the MAC address of the peer (remote) entity

Delay (us)

Displays the measured delay (in microseconds) for the DM test

Delay Variation (us)

Displays the measured delay variation (in microseconds) for the DV test

Sample Output 2
A:Dut-A>config>port>ethernet# show eth-cfm mep 1 domain 1 association 1 eth-
bandwidth-notification 
===============================================================================
Eth-Cfm MEP Configuration Information
===============================================================================
Md-index         : 1                        Direction         : Down
Ma-index         : 1                        Admin             : Enabled
MepId            : 1                        CCM-Enable        : Enabled
Port             : 1/1/5                    VLAN              : 0
Description      : (Not Specified)
FngAlarmTime     : 0                        FngResetTime      : 0
FngState         : fngReset                 ControlMep        : False
LowestDefectPri  : macRemErrXcon            HighestDefect     : none
Defect Flags     : None
Mac Address      : d0:99:d5:80:51:a6        
                                            CcmPaddingSize    : 0 octets
CcmTx            : 169                      CcmSequenceErr    : 0
CcmIgnoreTLVs    : (Not Specified)
Fault Propagation: disabled                 
MA-CcmInterval   : 1                        MA-CcmHoldTime    : 0ms
MA-Primary-Vid   : Disabled                 
                                            MD-Level          : 0
Eth-Ais          : Disabled                 
Eth-Ais Tx defCCM: allDef                   
Eth-BNM Receive  : Enabled                  Eth-BNM Rx Pacing : 5
Redundancy:
    MC-LAG State : n/a                      
CcmLastFailure Frame:
    None
XconCcmFailure Frame:
    None
Table 36:  Output Fields: MEP ETH-BN 

Label

Description

Md-index

Displays the MD index of the domain

Direction

Displays the direction of OAM PDU transmission

Ma-index

Displays the MA index of the association

Admin

Displays the administrative status of the MEP

MepId

Displays the MEP ID

CCM-Enable

Displays the status of the CCM (enabled or disabled)

Port

Displays the port number

VLAN

Displays the configured VLAN on the MEP

Description

Displays the description

FngAlarmTime

Displays the fault alarm time

FngResetTime

Displays the fault alarm reset time

FngState

Displays the different states of the Fault Notification Generator

LowestDefectPri

Displays the lowest priority defect (a configured value) that is allowed to generate a fault alarm

HighestDefect

Displays the highest defect that is present (for example, if defRDICCM and defXconCCM are present, the highest defect is defXconCCM)

Defect Flags

Displays the number of defect flags

Mac Address

Displays the MAC address of the MEP

CcmTx

Displays the total number of CCM transmitted

CcmPaddingSize

Displays the number of octets used to pad a CCM packet

CcmSequenceErr

Displays the total number of out-of-sequence CCMs received

Fault Propagation

Displays the fault propagation configuration for the MEP

MA-CcmInterval

Displays the CCM transmission interval for all MEPs in the association

MA-CcmHoldTime

Displays the CCM hold time for all MEPs in the association

MD-Level

Displays the MD level

Eth-Ais

Displays the state of the ETH-AIS test (enabled or disabled)

Eth-BNM Receive

Displays whether ETH-BN receive is enabled or disabled

Eth-BNM Rx Pacing

Displays the ETH-BN receive update pacing interval time

MC-LAG State

Displays the MC-LAG state

CcmLastFailure Frame

Displays the frame that caused the last CCM failure

XconCcmFailure Frame

Displays the frame that caused the XconCCMFailure

mip

Syntax 
mip
Context 
show>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays SAPs/bindings provisioned for allowing the default MIP creation.

Output 

The following output is an example of MIP information.

Sample Output
*A:node-1# show eth-cfm mip
==========================================================================
CFM SAP MIP Table
==========================================================================
Sap Mip-Enabled Mip Mac Address
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/1:1.1 yes Not Configured
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
CFM SDP MIP Table
==========================================================================
Sdp Mip-Enabled Mip Mac Address
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Matching Entries

statistics

Syntax 
statistics
Context 
show>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays the ETH-CFM statistics counters.

Output 

The following output is an example of ETH-CFM statistics information.

Sample Output
# show eth-cfm system-config
===============================================================================
CFM System Configuration
===============================================================================
Redundancy
MC-LAG Standby MEP Shutdown: true
MC-LAG Hold-Timer : 1 second(s)
Synthetic Loss Measurement
Inactivity Timer : 100 second(s)
===============================================================================

system-config

Syntax 
system-config
Context 
show>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command shows various system level configuration parameters. These global eth-cfm commands are those which are configured directly under the config>eth-cfm context.

Output 

The following output is an example of ETH-CFM system configuration information.

Sample Output
# show eth-cfm system-config
===============================================================================
CFM System Configuration
===============================================================================
Redundancy
MC-LAG Standby MEP Shutdown: true
MC-LAG Hold-Timer : 1 second(s)
Synthetic Loss Measurement
Inactivity Timer : 100 second(s)
===============================================================================

ldp-treetrace

Syntax 
ldp-treetrace [prefix ip-prefix/mask] [detail]
Context 
show>test-oam
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone and standalone-VC), 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, 7210 SAS-R6, and 7210 SAS-R12

Description 

This command displays OAM LDP treetrace information.

Parameters 
prefix ip-prefix/mask
Specifies the address prefix and subnet mask of the destination node.
detail—
Displays detailed information.
Output 

The following output is an example of OAM LDP treetrace information.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-48# show test-oam ldp-treetrace
Admin State              : Up             Discovery State      : Done          
Discovery-intvl (min)    : 60             Probe-intvl (min)    : 2             
Probe-timeout (min)      : 1              Probe-retry          : 3             
Trace-timeout (sec)      : 60             Trace-retry          : 3             
Max-TTL                  : 30             Max-path             : 128           
Forwarding-class (fc)    : be             Profile              : Out           
Total Fecs               : 400            Discovered Fecs      : 400           
Last Discovery Start     : 12/19/2006 05:10:14                                 
Last Discovery End       : 12/19/2006 05:12:02                                 
Last Discovery Duration  : 00h01m48s                                           
Policy1                  : policy-1                                            
Policy2                  : policy-2 
 
*A:ALA-48# show test-oam ldp-treetrace detail
Admin State              : Up             Discovery State      : Done          
Discovery-intvl (min)    : 60             Probe-intvl (min)    : 2             
Probe-timeout (min)      : 1              Probe-retry          : 3             
Trace-timeout (sec)      : 60             Trace-retry          : 3             
Max-TTL                  : 30             Max-path             : 128           
Forwarding-class (fc)    : be             Profile              : Out           
Total Fecs               : 400            Discovered Fecs      : 400           
Last Discovery Start     : 12/19/2006 05:10:14                                 
Last Discovery End       : 12/19/2006 05:12:02                                 
Last Discovery Duration  : 00h01m48s                                           
Policy1                  : policy-1                                            
Policy2                  : policy-2 
===============================================================================
Prefix (FEC) Info
===============================================================================
Prefix              Path Last                  Probe  Discov    Discov         
                    Num  Discovered            State  State     Status         
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.11.11.1/32       54   12/19/2006 05:10:15   OK     Done      OK             
10.11.11.2/32       54   12/19/2006 05:10:15   OK     Done      OK             
10.11.11.3/32       54   12/19/2006 05:10:15   OK     Done      OK 
………… 
10.14.14.95/32      72   12/19/2006 05:11:13   OK     Done      OK             
10.14.14.96/32      72   12/19/2006 05:11:13   OK     Done      OK             
10.14.14.97/32      72   12/19/2006 05:11:15   OK     Done      OK             
10.14.14.98/32      72   12/19/2006 05:11:15   OK     Done      OK             
10.14.14.99/32      72   12/19/2006 05:11:18   OK     Done      OK             
10.14.14.100/32     72   12/19/2006 05:11:20   OK     Done      OK             
===============================================================================
Legend: uP - unexplored paths, tO - trace request timed out
        mH - max hop exceeded, mP - max path exceeded
        nR - no internal resource
 
 
*A:ALA-48# show test-oam ldp-treetrace prefix 10.12.12.10/32
Discovery State  : Done                 Last Discovered  : 12/19/2006 05:11:02 
Discovery Status : ' OK '                                                    
Discovered Paths : 54                   Failed Hops      : 0                   
Probe State      : OK                   Failed Probes    : 0 
 
 
*A:ALA-48# show test-oam ldp-treetrace prefix 10.12.12.10/32  detail 
Discovery State  : Done                 Last Discovered  : 12/19/2006 05:11:02 
Discovery Status : ' OK '                                                    
Discovered Paths : 54                   Failed Hops      : 0                   
Probe State      : OK                   Failed Probes    : 0 
===============================================================================
Discovered Paths
===============================================================================
PathDest            Egr-NextHop         Remote-RtrAddr      Discovery-time     
  DiscoveryTtl        ProbeState          ProbeTmOutCnt       RtnCode          
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
127.1.0.5           10.10.1.2           10.12.12.10         12/19/2006 05:11:01
              7     OK                  0                   EgressRtr          
127.1.0.9           10.10.1.2           10.12.12.10         12/19/2006 05:11:01
              7     OK                  0                   EgressRtr          
127.1.0.15          10.10.1.2           10.12.12.10         12/19/2006 05:11:01
              7     OK                  0                   EgressRtr          
127.1.0.19          10.10.1.2           10.12.12.10         12/19/2006 05:11:01
              7     OK                  0                   EgressRtr          
127.1.0.24          10.10.1.2           10.12.12.10         12/19/2006 05:11:01
              7     OK                  0                   EgressRtr          
127.1.0.28          10.10.1.2           10.12.12.10         12/19/2006 05:11:01
 
……………..
 
127.1.0.252         10.10.1.2           10.12.12.10         12/19/2006 05:11:01
              7     OK                  0                   EgressRtr          
127.1.0.255         10.10.1.2           10.12.12.10         12/19/2006 05:11:01
              7     OK                  0                   EgressRtr          
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48#

twamp

Syntax 
twamp
Context 
show>test-oam
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to request TWAMP information.

twamp-light

Syntax 
twamp-light
Context 
show>test-oam>twamp
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to request TWAMP Light information.

reflectors

Syntax 
reflectors
Context 
show>test-oam>twamp>twamp-light
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays TWAMP Light reflector information.

Output 

The following output is an example of OAM TWAMP light information, and Table 37 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
show test-oam twamp twamp-light reflectors
=======================================================================
TWAMP-Light Reflectors
=======================================================================
Router/VPRN    Admin    UDP Port    Prefixes    Frames Rx    Frames Tx
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Base              Up       15000           1            0            0
500               Up       15000           2         6340         6340
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of TWAMP-Light Reflectors: 2
=======================================================================
Table 37:  Output Fields: TWAMP Light Reflectors 

Label

Description

TWAMP Light Reflector

Router/VPRN

The TWAMP Light clients

Admin

Displays one of the following:

Up—the server or prefix is administratively enabled (no shutdown) in configuration

Down—the server or prefix is administratively disabled (shutdown) in configuration

UDP Port

The UDP port number used

Prefixes

The time since the server process was started, measured in days (d), hours, minutes, and seconds

Frames Rx

The total number of frames received from session senders

Frames Tx

The total number of frames sent to session senders

server

Syntax 
server all
server prefix ip-prefix/mask
server
Context 
show>test-oam>twamp
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays information about the TWAMP server. It displays summary information for the ip-prefix in use.

Parameters 
all—
Specifies to display all information about the TWAMP server.
ip-prefix/mask—
Specifies the destination address of the static route and the prefix length.
Values—

ip-prefix/mask

ipv4-prefix

a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)

ipv4-prefix-le

[0 to 32]

ipv6-prefix

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x: (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x - [0 to FFFF]H

d - [0 to 255]D

ipv6-prefix-le

[0 to 128]

 

Output 

The following outputs are examples of TWAMP server information, and Table 38 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:Dut-G>show>test-oam# twamp server
 
===============================================================================
TWAMP Server
===============================================================================
Admin State          : Down                Operational State   : Down
Up Time              : 0d 00:00:00
Current Connections  : 0                   Max Connections     : 8
Connections Rejected : 0                   Inactivity Time Out : 900 seconds
Current Sessions     : 0                   Max Sessions        : 8
Sessions Rejected    : 0                   Sessions Aborted    : 0
Sessions Completed   : 0
Test Packets Rx      : 0                   Test Packets Tx     : 0
===============================================================================
 
===============================================================================
TWAMP Server Prefix Summary
===============================================================================
Prefix             Current     Current  Description
                   Connections Sessions
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of TWAMP Server Prefixes: 0
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-G>show>test-oam#
Sample Output: All

The following output is an example of all TWAMP server information.

7210SASM# show  test-oam twamp server all
 
===============================================================================
TWAMP Server
===============================================================================
Admin State          : Up                  Operational State   : Up
Up Time              : 0d 08:17:34
Current Connections  : 0                   Max Connections     : 16
Connections Rejected : 0                   Inactivity Time Out : 900 seconds
Current Sessions     : 0                   Max Sessions        : 16
Sessions Rejected    : 0                   Sessions Aborted    : 0
Sessions Completed   : 0
Test Packets Rx      : 0                   Test Packets Tx     : 0
===============================================================================
 
===============================================================================
TWAMP Server Prefix 10.1.1.0/24
===============================================================================
Description          : (Not Specified)
Current Connections  : 0                   Max Connections     : 16
Connections Rejected : 0
Current Sessions     : 0                   Max Sessions        : 16
Sessions Rejected    : 0                   Sessions Aborted    : 0
Sessions Completed   : 0
Test Packets Rx      : 0                   Test Packets Tx     : 0
===============================================================================
 
===============================================================================
Connection information for TWAMP server prefix 10.1.1.0/24
===============================================================================
Client          State      Curr Sessions  Sessions Rejected  Sessions Completed
                           Idle Time (s)    Test Packets Rx     Test Packets Tx
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of TWAMP Server Connections for Prefix 10.1.1.0/24: 0
===============================================================================
 
===============================================================================
TWAMP Server Prefix 10.1.1.0/24
===============================================================================
Description          : (Not Specified)
Current Connections  : 0                   Max Connections     : 16
Connections Rejected : 0
Current Sessions     : 0                   Max Sessions        : 16
Sessions Rejected    : 0                   Sessions Aborted    : 0
Sessions Completed   : 0
Test Packets Rx      : 0                   Test Packets Tx     : 0
===============================================================================
 
===============================================================================
Connection information for TWAMP server prefix 10.1.1.0/24
===============================================================================
Client          State      Curr Sessions  Sessions Rejected  Sessions Completed
                           Idle Time (s)    Test Packets Rx     Test Packets Tx
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of TWAMP Server Connections for Prefix 10.1.1.0/24: 0
===============================================================================
===============================================================================
No. of TWAMP Server Prefixes: 2
===============================================================================
Sample Output: Prefix

The following output is an example of TWAMP server prefix information.

*A:7210SAS# show test-oam twamp server  prefix 10.1.1.0/24
 
===============================================================================
TWAMP Server Prefix 10.1.1.0/24
===============================================================================
Description          : (Not Specified)
Current Connections  : 0                   Max Connections     : 16
Connections Rejected : 0
Current Sessions     : 0                   Max Sessions        : 16
Sessions Rejected    : 0                   Sessions Aborted    : 0
Sessions Completed   : 0
Test Packets Rx      : 0                   Test Packets Tx     : 0
===============================================================================
 
===============================================================================
Connection information for TWAMP server prefix 10.1.1.0/24
===============================================================================
Client          State      Curr Sessions  Sessions Rejected  Sessions Completed
                           Idle Time (s)    Test Packets Rx     Test Packets Tx
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of TWAMP Server Connections for Prefix 10.1.1.0/24: 0
===============================================================================
Table 38:  Output Fields: TWAMP Server 

Label

Description

Admin State

Displays one of the following:

Up — The server or prefix is administratively enabled (no shutdown) in configuration.

Down — The server or prefix is administratively disabled (shutdown) in configuration.

Operational State

Displays one of the following:

Up — The server or prefix is operationally enabled.

Down — The server or prefix is operationally disabled.

Up Time

Displays the time since the server process was started, measured in days (d), hours, minutes, and seconds.

Current Connections

Displays the total number of currently connected clients.

Max Connections

Displays the maximum number of connected clients.

Connections Rejected

Displays the number of connection rejections.

Inactivity Timeout

Displays the configured inactivity timeout for all TWAMP-control connections (inactivity-timeout).

Current Sessions

Displays the number of current sessions.

Max Sessions

Displays the maximum number of sessions.

Sessions Rejected

Displays the number of rejected sessions for the TWAMP client.

Sessions Aborted

Displays the number of manually aborted sessions for the TWAMP client.

Sessions Completed

Displays the number of completed sessions for the TWAMP client.

Test Packets Rx

Displays the number of test packets received.

Test Packets Tx

Displays the number of test packets transmitted.

Description

Displays the configured description of the TWAMP server.

Connection information for TWAMP server prefix

Displays the IP address prefix of a TWAMP server.

Client

Displays the IP address of the TWAMP client.

State

Displays the operational state of the TWAMP client.

Curr Sessions

Displays the number of current sessions for the TWAMP client.

Idle Time (s)

Displays the total idle time, in seconds, of the TWAMP client.

No. of Conns for Prefix

Displays the total number of connections for the TWAMP server with the displayed IP address prefix.

No. of TWAMP Server Prefixes

Displays the total number of displayed TWAMP server IP address prefixes.

testhead-profile

Syntax 
testhead-profile profile-id
Context 
show>test-oam
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command specifies the testhead profile ID to use with this run or session of testhead invocation. The testhead profile must be configure before using the commands under config> test-oam> testhead-profile context.

Output 

The following output is an example of testhead profile information, and Table 39 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:7210SAS>config>test-oam># show test-oam testhead-profile 1 
 
===============================================================================
Y.1564 Testhead Profile
===============================================================================
Description        : Testhead_Profile_1
Profile Id         : 1                        Frame Size        : 512
CIR Configured     : 100                      CIR Operational   : 96
PIR Configured     : 200                      PIR Operational   : 200
CIR Rule           : max                      Ref. Count        : 0
InPrf Dot1p        : 2                        OutPrf Dot1p      : 4
Duration Hrs       : 0                        
Duration Mins      : 3                        
Duration Secs      : 0                        
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acceptance Criteria Id 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loss TH            : 0.000100                 Jitter TH         : 100
InProf Loss TH     : 0.000100                 InProf Jitter TH  : 100
OutProf Loss TH    : 0.000100                 OutProf Jitter TH : 100
 
Latency TH         : 100                      Ref. Count        : 0
InProf Latency TH  : 100                      CIR TH            : 1000
OutProf Latency TH : 100                      PIR TH            : 200
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Frame Payload Id 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payload Type       : tcp-ipv4
Description        : Frame_Payload_1
Dst Mac            : 00:00:00:00:00:02        
Src Mac            : 00:00:00:00:00:01        
Vlan Tag 1         : Not configured           
Vlan Tag 2         : Not configured           
Ethertype          : 0x0800                   DSCP              : af11
TOS                : 8                        TTL               : 64
Src. IP            : 10.1.1.1                 Dst. IP           : 10.2.2.2
L4 Dst Port        : 50                       L4 Src Port       : 40
Protocol           : 6                        Ref. Count        : 0
Data Pattern       : a1b2c3d4e5f6
===============================================================================
*A:7210SAS>config>test-oam>#
 
Table 39:  Ouput Fields: Test OAM Testhead Profile 

Label

Description

Description

Displays the description configured by the user for the test.

Profile Id

Displays the profile identifier.

CIR Configured

Displays the value of the CIR configured.

PIR Configured

Displays the value of the PIR configured.

Frame Size

Displays the size of the frame.

CIR Operational

Displays the value of the CIR operational rate configured.

PIR Operational

Displays the value of the PIR operational rate configured.

CIR Rule

Displays the adaptation rule configured by the user.

InPrf Dot1p

Displays the dot1p value used to identify green or in-profile packets.

Ref. Count

Displays the total number of testhead (completed or running) sessions pointing to a profile or acceptance criteria or a frame payload.

OutPrf Dot1p

Displays the dot1p value used to identify green or out-of-profile packets.

Duration Hrs, mins, and secs

Displays the test duration in hours, minutes, and seconds.

Loss TH

Displays the user configured loss threshold value for comparison with measured value.

Jitter TH

Displays the user configured jitter threshold value for comparison with measured value.

InProf Loss TH

Displays the user configured in-profile loss threshold value for comparison with measured value.

OutProf Loss TH

Displays the user configured out-of-profile loss threshold value for comparison with measured value.

Latency TH

Displays the user configured latency threshold value for comparison with measured value.

InProf Latency TH

Displays the user configured in-profile latency threshold value for comparison with measured value.

OutProf Latency TH

Displays the user configured out-of-profile latency threshold value for comparison with measured value.

InProf Jitter TH

Displays the user configured in-profile jitter threshold value for comparison with measured value.

OutProf Jitter TH

Displays the user configured out-of-profile jitter threshold value for comparison with measured value.

CIR TH

Displays the user configured CIR threshold value for comparison with measured value.

PIR TH

Displays the user configured PIR threshold value for comparison with measured value.

Payload Type

Identifies the type of the payload.

Dst Mac

Displays the value of destination MAC configured by the user to use in the frame generated by the testhead tool

Src Mac

Displays the value of source MAC configured by the user to use in the frame generated by the testhead tool

Vlan Tag 1

Displays the values of the outermost vlan-tag configured by the user to use in the frame generated by the testhead tool.

Vlan Tag 2

Displays the values of the second vlan-tag configured by the user to use in the frame generated by the testhead tool.

Ethertype

Displays the values of the ethertype configured by the user to use in the frame generated by the testhead tool.

TOS

Displays the values of the IP TOS (Type of Service) configured by the user to use in the frame generated by the testhead tool.

Src. IP

Displays the values of the source IPv4 address configured by the user to use in the frame generated by the testhead tool.

L4 Dst Port

Displays the values of the TCP header configured by the user to use in the frame generated by the testhead tool.

Protocol

Displays the values of the IP protocol value configured by the user to use in the frame generated by the testhead tool.

Data Pattern

Displays the values of the data pattern configured by the user to use in the frame generated by the testhead tool.

DSCP

Displays the values of the DSCP configured by the user to use in the frame generated by the testhead tool.

TTL

Displays the values of the IP TTL (Time-to-Live) value configured by the user to use in the frame generated by the testhead tool.

Dst. IP

Displays the values of the destination IPv4 address configured by the user to use in the frame generated by the testhead tool.

L4 Src Port

Displays the values of the source port configured by the user to use in the frame generated by the testhead tool.

testhead

Syntax 
testhead test-name owner test-owner
Context 
show
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays the testhead test identified by the test name and owner.

Parameters 
test-name—
Name of the SAA test. The test name must already be configured in the config>saa>test context.
owner test-owner
Specifies the owner of an SAA operation up to 32 characters.
Default—
If a test-owner value is not specified, tests created by the CLI have a default owner “TiMOS CLI”.
Output 

The following output is an example of testhead information, and Table 40 describes the output fields.

Sample output
*A:7210SAS# show testhead test-me  owner owner-me 
 
===============================================================================
Y.1564 Testhead Session
===============================================================================
Owner              : owner-me
Test               : test-me
Profile Id         : 1                        SAP               : 1/1/2:100
Accept. Crit. Id   : 0                        Completed         : Yes
Frame Payload Id   : 1                        Stopped           : No
Frame Payload Type : tcp-ipv4                 FC                : be
Color Aware Test   : Yes                      
Start Time         : 08/08/2001 19:37:11      
End Time           : 08/08/2001 19:40:16      
Total time taken   : 0d 00:03:05              
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Latency Results
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (total pkts in us):       Min       Max   Average    Jitter
         Roundtrip :         0         0         0         0
 
(OutPrf pkts in us):       Min       Max   Average    Jitter
         Roundtrip :         0         0         0         0
 
 (InPrf pkts in us):       Min       Max   Average    Jitter
         Roundtrip :         0         0         0         0
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packet Count
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Injected     : 42273637                 
Total Received     : 0                        
 
OutPrf Injected    : 16898179                 
OutPrf Received    : 0                        
 
InPrf Injected     : 25375450                 
InPrf Received     : 0                        
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test Compliance Report
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Throughput Configd : 962388                   
Throughput Oper    : 962384                   
Throughput Measurd : 0                        
 
PIR Tput Threshld  : Not configured           
PIR Tput Meas      : 0                        
 
CIR Tput Threshld  : Not configured           
CIR Tput Meas      : 0                        
 
FLR Configured     : None                     
FLR Measurd        : Not Applicable           
FLR Acceptance     : Fail                     
 
OutPrf FLR Conf    : None                     
OutPrf FLR Meas    : Not Applicable           
OutPrf FLR Acep    : Not Applicable           
 
InPrf FLR Conf     : None                     
InPrf FLR Meas     : Not Applicable           
InPrf FLR Acep     : Not Applicable           
 
Latency Configd(us): None                     
Latency Measurd(us): None                     
Latency Acceptance : Not Applicable           
 
OutPrf Lat Conf(us): None                     
OutPrf Lat Meas(us): None                     
OutPrf Lat Acep    : Not Applicable           
 
InPrf Lat Conf(us) : None                     
InPrf Lat Meas(us) : None                     
InPrf Lat Acep     : Not Applicable           
 
Jitter Configd(us) : None                     
Jitter Measurd(us) : None                     
Jitter Acceptance  : Not Applicable           
 
OutPrf Jit Conf(us): None                     
OutPrf Jit Meas(us): None                     
OutPrf Jit Acep    : Not Applicable           
 
InPrf Jit Conf(us) : None                     
InPrf Jit Meas(us) : None                     
InPrf Jit Acep     : Not Applicable           
 
Total Pkts. Tx.    : 13                       Latency Pkts. Tx. : 8
OutPrf Latency Pkt*: 0                        InPrf Latency Pkt*: 0
Total Tx. Fail     : 0 =============================================================
==================
*A:7210SAS# show testhead test-me  owner owner-me 
 
Table 40:  Ouput Fields: Testhead  

Label

Description

Owner

Displays the owner of the test.

Name

Displays the name of the test.

Description

Displays the description for the test type.

Profile Id

Displays the associated profile ID.

Accept. Crit. Id

Displays the test acceptance criteria ID to be used by the testhead OAM tool to declare the PASS/FAIL result at the completion of the test.

Frame Payload Id

Displays frame payload ID, that determines the frame content of the frames generated by the tool.

Frame Payload Type

Displays the type of frame payload to be used in frames generated by testhead tool.

Color Aware Test

Displays if color aware tests need to be executed.

SAP

Displays the SAP ID configured.

Completed

Displays if the test has been completed.

Stopped

Displays if the test has been stopped.

FC

Displays the forwarding class (FC) to use to send the frames generated

by the testhead tool.

Start Time

Displays the start time of the test.

End Time

Displays the end time of the test.

Total time taken

Displays the total time taken to execute the test.

total pkts in us

Displays the total packets in microseconds.

OutPrf pkts in us

Displays the out-of-profile packets in microseconds.

InPrf pkts in us

Displays the in-profile packets in microseconds.

Total Injected

Displays the running count of total injected packets, including marker packets.

Total Received

Displays the running count of total received packets, including marker packets.

OutPrf Injected

Displays the running count of total out-of-profile packets, excluding marker packets.

OutPrf Received

Displays the running count of total out-of-profile packets received, including marker packets.

InPrf Injected

Displays the running count of total in-profile packets, excluding marker packets.

InPrf Received

Displays the running count of total in-profile packets received, including marker packets.

Throughput Configd

Displays the CIR Throughput rate Threshold Configured (in Kbps).

Throughput Oper

Displays the operational rate used for the configured rate.

Operational rate is arrived considering the adaptation rule configured by the user and supported hardware rate.

Throughput Measurd

Displays the CIR Throughput Measured Value (in Kbps).

PIR Tput Threshld

Displays the PIR Throughput rate Threshold Configured (in Kbps).

PIR Tput Meas

Displays the PIR Throughput rate Measured Value (in Kbps).

FLR Configured

Displays the Frame Loss Ratio Threshold Configured (in-profile).

FLR Measurd

Displays the Frame Loss Ratio Measured (in-profile).

FLR Acceptance

Displays Pass, Fail, or Not Applicable. It displays Pass, if the measured value is less than or equal to the configured threshold and displays "Fail" otherwise, and displays "Not Applicable", if the FLR criteria is not used to determine whether the test is in Passed or Failed status.

OutPrf FLR Conf

Displays the out-of-profile Frame Loss Ratio configured.

OutPrf FLR Meas

Displays the out-of-profile Frame Loss Ratio measured.

OutPrf FLR Acep

Displays Pass, Fail, or Not Applicable. It displays Pass, if the measured value is less than or equal to the configured threshold and displays "Fail" otherwise, and displays "Not Applicable", if the out-of-profile FLR criteria is not used to determine whether the test is in Passed or Failed status.

InPrf FLR Conf

Displays the in-profile Frame Loss Ratio configured.

InPrf FLR Meas

Displays the in-profile Frame Loss Ratio measured.

InPrf FLR Acep

Displays Pass, Fail, or Not Applicable. It displays Pass, if the measured value is less than or equal to the configured threshold and displays "Fail" otherwise, and displays "Not Applicable", if the in-profile FLR criteria is not used to determine whether the test is in Passed or Failed status.

Latency Configd(us)

Displays the Latency Threshold configured (in microseconds)

Latency Measurd(us)

Displays the Average Latency measured (in microseconds)

Latency Acceptance

Displays Pass, Fail, or Not Applicable. It displays Pass, if the measured value is less than or equal to the configured threshold and displays "Fail" otherwise, and displays "Not Applicable", if the latency criteria is not used to determine whether the test is in Passed or Failed status.

OutPrf Lat Conf(us)

Displays the out-of-profile latency configured.

OutPrf Lat Meas(us)

Displays the out-of-profile latency measured.

OutPrf Lat Acep

Displays Pass, Fail, or Not Applicable. It displays Pass, if the measured value is less than or equal to the configured threshold and displays "Fail" otherwise, and displays "Not Applicable", if the out-of-profile latency criteria is not used to determine whether the test is in Passed or Failed status.

InPrf Lat Conf(us)

Displays the in-profile latency configured.

InPrf Lat Meas(us)

Displays the in-profile latency measured.

InPrf Lat Acep

Displays Pass, Fail, or Not Applicable. It displays Pass, if the measured value is less than or equal to the configured threshold and displays "Fail" otherwise, and displays "Not Applicable", if the in-profile latency criteria is not used to determine whether the test is in Passed or Failed status.

Jitter Configd(us)

Displays the Jitter Threshold Configured (in microseconds).

Jitter Measurd(us)

Displays the Jitter Measured (in microseconds).

Jitter Acceptance

Displays Pass, Fail, or Not Applicable. It displays Pass, if the measured value is less than or equal to the configured threshold and displays "Fail" otherwise, and displays "Not Applicable", if the jitter criteria is not used to determine whether the test is in Passed or Failed status.

OutPrf Jit Conf(us)

Displays the out-of-profile Jitter configured.

OutPrf Jit Meas(us)

Displays the out-of-profile Jitter measured.

OutPrf Jit Acep

Displays Pass, Fail, or Not Applicable. It displays Pass, if the measured value is less than or equal to the configured threshold and displays "Fail" otherwise, and displays "Not Applicable", if the out-of-profile jitter criteria is not used to determine whether the test is in Passed or Failed status.

InPrf Jit Conf(us)

Displays the in-profile Jitter configured.

InPrf Jit Meas(us)

Displays the in-profile Jitter measured.

InPrf Jit Acep

Displays Pass, Fail, or Not Applicable. It displays Pass, if the measured value is less than or equal to the configured threshold and displays "Fail" otherwise, and displays "Not Applicable", if the in-profile jitter criteria is not used to determine whether the test is in Passed or Failed status.

Total Pkts. Tx.

Displays the total number of packets (that is, data and marker) transmitted by the testhead session for the duration of the test.

OutPrf Latency Pkt*

Displays the total number of out-of-profile marker packets received by the testhead session for the duration of the test.

Total Tx. Fail

Displays the total number of failed transmission attempts by the testhead session for the duration of the test.

Latency Pkts. Tx

Displays the total number of marker packets transmitted by the testhead session for the duration of the test.

InPrf Latency Pkt*

Displays the total number of in-profile marker packets received by the testhead session for the duration of the test.

bin-group

Syntax 
bin-group [bin-group-number]
Context 
show>oam-pm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays data for one or all OAM-PM bin groups.

Parameters 
bin-group-number—
Specifies an OAM-PM bin group.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Output 

The following output is an example of OAM-PM bin group information.

Sample Output
show oam-pm bin-group
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Configured Lower Bounds for Delay Measurement (DMM) Tests, in microseconds
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Description                    Admin Bin     FD(us)    FDR(us)   IFDV(us)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1     OAM PM default bin group (not*    Up   0          0          0          0
                                             1       5000       5000       5000
                                             2      10000          -          -
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2                                       Up   0          0          0          0
                                             1       1000       5000        100
                                             2       2000          -        200
                                             3       3000          -        300
                                             4       4000          -        400
                                             5       5000          -        500
                                             6       6000          -        600
                                             7       7000          -        700
                                             8       8000          -        800
                                             9      10000          -       1000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3                                     Down   0          0          0          0
                                             1       6000       5000       8000
                                             2      10000      10000      10000
                                             3      15000      15000          -
                                             4      22000          -          -
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10    base                              Up   0          0          0          0
                                             1       5000       5000       5000
                                             2      10000      10000      10000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* indicates that the corresponding row element may have been truncated.
 
 
show oam-pm bin-group 2 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Configured Lower Bounds for Delay Measurement (DMM) Tests, in microseconds
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Description                    Admin Bin     FD(us)    FDR(us)   IFDV(us)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2                                       Up   0          0          0          0
                                             1       1000       5000        100
                                             2       2000          -        200
                                             3       3000          -        300
                                             4       4000          -        400
                                             5       5000          -        500
                                             6       6000          -        600
                                             7       7000          -        700
                                             8       8000          -        800
                                             9      10000          -       1000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

bin-group-using

Syntax 
bin-group-using [bin-group bin-group-number]
Context 
show>oam-pm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays the list of sessions configured against one or all OAM-PM bin groups.

Parameters 
bin-group-number—
Specifies an OAM-PM bin group.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Output 

The following output is an example of OAM-PM bin group sessions information.

Sample Output
show oam-pm bin-group-using 
=========================================================================
OAM Performance Monitoring Bin Group Configuration for Sessions
=========================================================================
Bin Group       Admin   Session                            Session State
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2               Up      eth-vpls-00005                             Inact
                        eth-pm-service-4                             Act
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
3               Down    eth-epipe-000001                           Inact
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
10              Up      eth-epipe-00002                            Inact
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
========================================================================= 
Admin: State of the bin group
Session State: The state of session referencing the bin-group
 
 
show oam-pm bin-group-using bin-group 2
=========================================================================
OAM Performance Monitoring Bin Group Configuration for Sessions
=========================================================================
Bin Group       Admin   Session                            Session State
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2               Up      eth-vpls-00005                             Inact
                        eth-pm-service-4                             Act
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=========================================================================
Admin: State of the bin group
Session State: The state of session referencing the bin-group
 

session

Syntax 
session session-name [{all | base | bin-group | event-mon | meas-interval}]
Context 
show>oam-pm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays the configuration and status information for an OAM-PM session.

Parameters 
session-name—
Specifies the name of the session. 32 characters maximum.
all—
Specifies all attributes.
base—
Specifies the base configuration option for the session.
bin-group—
Specifies the associated bin group and its attributes.
event-mon—
Specifies configured event monitoring and last TCA information.
meas-interval—
Specifies the associated measured interval and its attributes.
Output 

The following output is an example of OAM-PM session information.

Sample Output
show oam-pm session "eth-pm-service-4" all 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic Session Configuration
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Session Name      : eth-pm-service-4
Description       : (Not Specified)
Test Family       : ethernet            Session Type       : proactive
Bin Group         : 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ethernet Configuration
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source MEP        : 28                  Priority           : 0
Source Domain     : 12                  Dest MAC Address   : 00:00:00:00:00:30
Source Assoc'n    : 4
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DMM Test Configuration and Status
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test ID           : 10004               Admin State        : Up
Oper State        : Up                  Data TLV Size      : 1000 octets
On-Demand Duration: Not Applicable      On-Demand Remaining: Not Applicable
Interval          : 1000 ms
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SLM Test Configuration and Status
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test ID           : 10004               Admin State        : Up
Oper State        : Up                  Data TLV Size      : 1000 octets
On-Demand Duration: Not Applicable      On-Demand Remaining: Not Applicable
Interval          : 100 ms
CHLI Threshold    : 4 HLIs              Frames Per Delta-T : 10 SLM frames
Consec Delta-Ts   : 10                  FLR Threshold      : 50%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15-mins Measurement Interval Configuration
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Duration          : 15-mins             Intervals Stored   : 32
Boundary Type     : clock-aligned       Clock Offset       : 0 seconds
Accounting Policy : none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Configured Lower Bounds for Delay Measurement (DMM) Tests, in microseconds
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Description                    Admin Bin     FD(us)    FDR(us)   IFDV(us)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2                                       Up   0          0          0          0
                                             1       1000       5000        100
                                             2       2000          -        200
                                             3       3000          -        300
                                             4       4000          -        400
                                             5       5000          -        500
                                             6       6000          -        600
                                             7       7000          -        700
                                             8       8000          -        800
                                             9      10000          -       1000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
show oam-pm session "eth-pm-service-4" base  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic Session Configuration
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Session Name      : eth-pm-service-4
Description       : (Not Specified)
Test Family       : ethernet            Session Type       : proactive
Bin Group         : 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ethernet Configuration
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source MEP        : 28                  Priority           : 0
Source Domain     : 12                  Dest MAC Address   : 00:00:00:00:00:30
Source Assoc'n    : 4
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DMM Test Configuration and Status
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test ID           : 10004               Admin State        : Up
Oper State        : Up                  Data TLV Size      : 1000 octets
On-Demand Duration: Not Applicable      On-Demand Remaining: Not Applicable
Interval          : 1000 ms
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SLM Test Configuration and Status
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test ID           : 10004               Admin State        : Up
Oper State        : Up                  Data TLV Size      : 1000 octets
On-Demand Duration: Not Applicable      On-Demand Remaining: Not Applicable
Interval          : 100 ms
CHLI Threshold    : 4 HLIs              Frames Per Delta-T : 10 SLM frames
Consec Delta-Ts   : 10                  FLR Threshold      : 50%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
show oam-pm session "eth-pm-service-4" bin-group
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Configured Lower Bounds for Delay Measurement (DMM) Tests, in microseconds
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Description                    Admin Bin     FD(us)    FDR(us)   IFDV(us)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2                                       Up   0          0          0          0
                                             1       1000       5000        100
                                             2       2000          -        200
                                             3       3000          -        300
                                             4       4000          -        400
                                             5       5000          -        500
                                             6       6000          -        600
                                             7       7000          -        700
                                             8       8000          -        800
                                             9      10000          -       1000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
 
show oam-pm session "eth-pm-service-4" meas-interval
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15-mins Measurement Interval Configuration
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Duration          : 15-mins             Intervals Stored   : 32
Boundary Type     : clock-aligned       Clock Offset       : 0 seconds
Accounting Policy : none
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

sessions

Syntax 
sessions [test-family {ethernet | ip}] [event-mon]
Context 
show>oam-pm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays a summary of the OAM-PM sessions.

Parameters 
ethernet—
Specifies Ethernet sessions only.
ip—
Specifies IP sessions only.
event-mon—
Specifies a summary of all event monitoring information, and the current state for each session.
Output 

The following output is an example of summary OAM-PM session information.

Sample Output
show oam-pm sessions 
============================================================================
OAM Performance Monitoring Session Summary for the Ethernet Test Family
============================================================================
Session                          State   Bin Group   Sess Type   Test Types
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
eth-vpls-00005                   Inact           2   proactive      DMM SLM
eth-epipe-00002                  Inact          10   proactive      DMM SLM
eth-epipe-000001                 Inact           3   proactive      DMM  
eth-pm-service-4                   Act           2   proactive      DMM SLM
============================================================================ 
 
 
show oam-pm sessions test-family ethernet
============================================================================
OAM Performance Monitoring Session Summary for the Ethernet Test Family
============================================================================
Session                          State   Bin Group   Sess Type   Test Types
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
eth-vpls-00005                   Inact           2   proactive      DMM SLM
eth-epipe-00002                  Inact          10   proactive      DMM SLM
eth-epipe-000001                 Inact           3   proactive      DMM   
eth-pm-service-4                   Act           2   proactive      DMM SLM
============================================================================
 

statistics

Syntax 
statistics
Context 
show>oam-pm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to display OAM-PM delay or synthetic loss statistics.

session

Syntax 
session session-name
Context 
show>oam-pm>statistics
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays OAM-PM session statistics.

Parameters 
session-name—
Specifies the session name. 32 characters maximum.

dmm

Syntax 
dmm
Context 
show>oam-pm>statistics>session
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to display DMM test statistics.

meas-interval

Syntax 
meas-interval raw [{all | bins | summary}]
meas-interval {5-mins | 15-mins | 1-hour | 1-day} interval-number interval-number [{all | bins | summary}]
Context 
show>oam-pm>statistics>session>dmm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays measured interval statistics for DMM tests in the specified session.

Parameters 
raw—
Specifies raw information.
5-mins—
Specifies information for 5-min intervals.
15-mins—
Specifies information for 15-min intervals.
1-hour—
Specifies information for 1-hour intervals.
1-day—
Specifies information for 1-day intervals.
interval-number—
Specifies the interval number.
Values—
1 to 97

 

all—
Specifies all information for the interval.
bins—
Specifies bin information for the interval.
summary—
Specifies summarized information for the interval.
Output 

The following output is an example of DMM measured interval statistics information.

Sample Output
show oam-pm statistics session "eth-pm-service-4" dmm meas-interval 15-
mins all interval-number 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Start (UTC)       : 2014/02/01 10:15:00          Status          : completed
Elapsed (seconds) : 900                          Suspect         : no
Frames Sent       : 900                          Frames Received : 900
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Bin Type     Direction     Minimum (us)   Maximum (us)   Average (us)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
FD           Forward                  0          11670            779
FD           Backward                 0           7076           1746
FD           Round Trip            1109          13222           2293
FDR          Forward                  0          11670            779
FDR          Backward                 0           7076           1738
FDR          Round Trip               0          12104           1178
IFDV         Forward                  0          10027            489
IFDV         Backward                 0           5444            742
IFDV         Round Trip               0          11853           1088
----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Frame Delay (FD) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us           625           244             0
1            1000 us           194           356           465
2            2000 us            50           153           244
3            3000 us            11           121           119
4            4000 us            10            17            40
5            5000 us             5             6            20
6            6000 us             4             2             5
7            7000 us             0             1             3
8            8000 us             0             0             3
9           10000 us             1             0             1
---------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Frame Delay Range (FDR) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us           890           891           889
1            5000 us            10             9            11
---------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Inter-Frame Delay Variation (IFDV) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us           398           255           102
1             100 us            82            88            89
2             200 us            79            57            59
3             300 us            60            63            61
4             400 us            39            37            54
5             500 us            31            24            42
6             600 us            26            30            43
7             700 us            29            20            34
8             800 us            54            47            67
9            1000 us           102           279           349
---------------------------------------------------------------
 
show oam-pm statistics session "eth-pm-service-4" dmm meas-interval 15-
mins bins interval-number 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Start (UTC)       : 2014/02/01 10:30:00          Status          : completed
Elapsed (seconds) : 900                          Suspect         : no
Frames Sent       : 900                          Frames Received : 900
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Frame Delay (FD) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us           699           167             0
1            1000 us           169           312           456
2            2000 us            24           228           274
3            3000 us             3           136           111
4            4000 us             3            48            41
5            5000 us             1             7            10
6            6000 us             1             1             3
7            7000 us             0             1             2
8            8000 us             0             0             3
9           10000 us             0             0             0
---------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Frame Delay Range (FDR) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us           898           891           892
1            5000 us             2             9             8
---------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Inter-Frame Delay Variation (IFDV) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us           462           217           107
1             100 us            63            99            80
2             200 us            64            85            71
3             300 us            63            74            53
4             400 us            34            53            45
5             500 us            37            24            50
6             600 us            34            17            41
7             700 us            35            23            57
8             800 us            46            32            60
9            1000 us            62           276           336
--------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
show oam-pm statistics session "eth-pm-service-4" dmm meas-interval 15-
mins summary interval-number 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Start (UTC)       : 2014/02/01 10:30:00          Status          : completed
Elapsed (seconds) : 900                          Suspect         : no
Frames Sent       : 900                          Frames Received : 900
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Bin Type     Direction     Minimum (us)   Maximum (us)   Average (us)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
FD           Forward                  0           6379            518
FD           Backward                 0           7856           2049
FD           Round Trip            1118           9879           2241
FDR          Forward                  0           6379            518
FDR          Backward                 0           7856           2049
FDR          Round Trip               9           8770           1132
IFDV         Forward                  0           6021            328
IFDV         Backward                 0           5800            732
IFDV         Round Trip               2           7758            984
----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
show oam-pm statistics session "eth-pm-service-4" dmm meas-interval raw
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Start (UTC)       : 2014/02/01 09:43:58          Status          : in-progress
Elapsed (seconds) : 3812                         Suspect         : yes
Frames Sent       : 3812                         Frames Received : 3812
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Bin Type     Direction     Minimum (us)   Maximum (us)   Average (us)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
FD           Forward                  0          11670            629
FD           Backward                 0          11710           2156
FD           Round Trip            1109          14902           2497
FDR          Forward                  0          11670            617
FDR          Backward                 0          11710           2156
FDR          Round Trip               0          13784           1360
IFDV         Forward                  0          10027            404
IFDV         Backward                 0          10436            768
IFDV         Round Trip               0          13542           1056
----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Frame Delay (FD) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us          2815           661             0
1            1000 us           803          1287          1591
2            2000 us           127           971          1227
3            3000 us            21           639           623
4            4000 us            25           181           232
5            5000 us            12            42            72
6            6000 us             7            14            28
7            7000 us             0             4            13
8            8000 us             1            12            19
9           10000 us             1             1             7
---------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Frame Delay Range (FDR) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us          3792          3740          3751
1            5000 us            21            73            62
---------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Inter-Frame Delay Variation (IFDV) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us          1815           884           410
1             100 us           338           439           354
2             200 us           280           313           282
3             300 us           241           313           268
4             400 us           162           193           231
5             500 us           134           141           202
6             600 us           126           102           178
7             700 us           127            97           153
8             800 us           208           165           276
9            1000 us           381          1165          1458
--------------------------------------------------------------- 
 

slm

Syntax 
slm
Context 
show>oam-pm>statistics>session
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to display SLM test statistics.

meas-interval

Syntax 
meas-interval raw
meas-interval {5-mins | 15-mins | 1-hour | 1-day} interval-number interval-number
Context 
show>oam-pm>statistics>session>slm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays measured interval statistics for SLM tests in the specified session

Parameters 
raw—
Specifies raw information.
5-mins—
Specifies information for 5-min intervals.
15-mins—
Specifies information for 15-min intervals.
1-hour—
Specifies information for 1-hour intervals.
1-day—
Specifies information for 1-day intervals.
interval-number—
Specifies the interval number.
Values—
1 to 97

 

Output 

The following output is an example of SLM measured interval statistics information.

Sample Output
show oam-pm statistics session "eth-pm-service-4" slm meas-interval 15-
mins interval-number 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Start (UTC)       : 2014/02/01 10:30:00          Status          : completed
Elapsed (seconds) : 900                          Suspect         : no
Frames Sent       : 9000                         Frames Received : 9000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------
                    Frames Sent       Frames Received
------------------------------------------------------
Forward                    9000                  9000
Backward                   9000                  9000
------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------
Frame Loss Ratios
-------------------------------------------
             Minimum    Maximum    Average
-------------------------------------------
Forward       0.000%     0.000%     0.000%
Backward      0.000%     0.000%     0.000%
-------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Availability Counters (Und = Undetermined)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Available   Und-Avail Unavailable Und-Unavail        HLI       CHLI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Forward          900           0           0           0          0          0
Backward         900           0           0           0          0          0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
show oam-pm statistics session "eth-pm-service-4" slm meas-interval raw     
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Start (UTC)       : 2014/02/01 09:44:03          Status          : in-progress
Elapsed (seconds) : 4152                         Suspect         : yes
Frames Sent       : 41523                        Frames Received : 41523
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------
                    Frames Sent       Frames Received
------------------------------------------------------
Forward                   41369                 41369
Backward                  41369                 41369
------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------
Frame Loss Ratios
-------------------------------------------
             Minimum    Maximum    Average
-------------------------------------------
Forward       0.000%     0.000%     0.000%
Backward      0.000%     0.000%     0.000%
-------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Availability Counters (Und = Undetermined)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Available   Und-Avail Unavailable Und-Unavail        HLI       CHLI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Forward         4137           0           0           0          0          0
Backward        4137           0           0           0          0          0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Ib
 

twamp-light

Syntax 
twamp-light
Context 
show>oam-pm>statistics>session
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to display TWAMP Light test statistics.

meas-interval

Syntax 
meas-interval raw delay [{all | bins | summary}]
meas-interval raw [loss]
meas-interval {5-mins | 15-mins | 1-hour | 1-day} interval-number interval-number delay [{all | bins | summary}]
meas-interval {5-mins | 15-mins | 1-hour | 1-day} interval-number interval-number [loss]
Context 
show>oam-pm>statistics>session>twamp-light
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command displays measured interval statistics for TWAMP-Light tests in the specified session.

Parameters 
raw—
Specifies raw information.
5-mins—
Specifies information for 5-min intervals.
15-mins—
Specifies information for 15-min intervals.
1-hour—
Specifies information for 1-hour intervals.
1-day—
Specifies information for 1-day intervals.
interval-number—
Specifies the interval number.
Values—
1 to 97

 

delay—
Specifies TWAMP Light delay statistics only.
loss—
Specifies TWAMP Light loss statistics only.
all—
Specifies all information for the interval.
bins—
Specifies bin information for the interval.
summary—
Specifies summarized information for the interval.

3.11.2.1.15. Monitor Commands

session

Syntax 
session session-name [{dmm | slm | twamp-light}]
Context 
monitor>oam-pm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document.

Description 

This command monitors the raw measurement interval for the specified session.

Parameters 
session-name—
Specifies the session name, up to 32 characters.
dmm—
Specifies monitoring information for DMM tests only.
slm—
Specifies monitoring information for SLM tests only.
twamp-light—
Specifies monitoring information for TWAMP-Light tests only.
Output 

Sample Output
monitor oam-pm session "eth-pm-service-4" dmm
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 0 sec (Base Statistics)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Frame Delay (FD) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us          3928          1125             0
1            1000 us          1197          1855          2611
2            2000 us           183          1361          1565
3            3000 us            36           762           778
4            4000 us            30           214           280
5            5000 us            14            45            81
6            6000 us             8            17            35
7            7000 us             1             5            16
8            8000 us             5            15            26
9           10000 us             1             4            11
---------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Frame Delay Range (FDR) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us          5374          5317          5321
1            5000 us            29            86            82
---------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Inter-Frame Delay Variation (IFDV) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us          2475          1268           625
1             100 us           516           676           554
2             200 us           395           479           417
3             300 us           338           451           398
4             400 us           224           291           340
5             500 us           185           212           280
6             600 us           187           137           234
7             700 us           185           134           208
8             800 us           315           223           392
9            1000 us           582          1531          1954
---------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 10 sec (Mode: Delta)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Frame Delay (FD) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us             0             7             0
1            1000 us            10             2             6
2            2000 us             0             1             3
3            3000 us             0             0             1
4            4000 us             0             0             0
5            5000 us             0             0             0
6            6000 us             0             0             0
7            7000 us             0             0             0
8            8000 us             0             0             0
9           10000 us             0             0             0
---------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Frame Delay Range (FDR) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us            10            10            10
1            5000 us             0             0             0
---------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Inter-Frame Delay Variation (IFDV) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us             5             4             2
1             100 us             2             2             2
2             200 us             2             1             1
3             300 us             1             0             0
4             400 us             0             0             1
5             500 us             0             0             0
6             600 us             0             0             0
7             700 us             0             0             1
8             800 us             0             0             0
9            1000 us             0             3             3
---------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 20 sec (Mode: Delta)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Frame Delay (FD) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us             9             0             0
1            1000 us             0             7             6
2            2000 us             0             3             3
3            3000 us             1             0             0
4            4000 us             0             0             0
5            5000 us             0             0             1
6            6000 us             0             0             0
7            7000 us             0             0             0
8            8000 us             0             0             0
9           10000 us             0             0             0
---------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Frame Delay Range (FDR) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us            10            10            10
1            5000 us             0             0             0
---------------------------------------------------------------
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
Inter-Frame Delay Variation (IFDV) Bin Counts
---------------------------------------------------------------
Bin      Lower Bound       Forward      Backward    Round Trip
---------------------------------------------------------------
0               0 us             5             3             2
1             100 us             0             2             2
2             200 us             0             1             0
3             300 us             0             3             1
4             400 us             2             0             0
5             500 us             1             0             0
6             600 us             0             1             2
7             700 us             0             0             0
8             800 us             0             0             0
9            1000 us             2             0             3
---------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
monitor oam-pm session "eth-pm-service-4" slm
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 0 sec (Base Statistics)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------
                    Frames Sent       Frames Received
------------------------------------------------------
Forward                   54749                 54749
Backward                  54749                 54749
------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Availability Counters (Und = Undetermined)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Available   Und-Avail Unavailable Und-Unavail        HLI       CHLI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Forward         5475           0           0           0          0          0
Backward        5475           0           0           0          0          0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 10 sec (Mode: Delta)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------
                    Frames Sent       Frames Received
------------------------------------------------------
Forward                     100                   100
Backward                    100                   100
------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Availability Counters (Und = Undetermined)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Available   Und-Avail Unavailable Und-Unavail        HLI       CHLI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Forward           10           0           0           0          0          0
Backward          10           0           0           0          0          0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 20 sec (Mode: Delta)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------
                    Frames Sent       Frames Received
------------------------------------------------------
Forward                     100                   100
Backward                    100                   100
------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Availability Counters (Und = Undetermined)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Available   Und-Avail Unavailable Und-Unavail        HLI       CHLI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Forward           10           0           0           0          0          0
Backward          10           0           0           0          0          0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

3.11.2.1.16. Clear Commands

saa

Syntax 
saa-test [test-name [owner test-owner]]
Context 
clear
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command clears the SAA results for the latest and the history for this test. If the test name is omitted, all the results for all tests are cleared.

Parameters 
test-name—
Specifies the name of the SAA test. The test name must already be configured in the config>saa>test context.
owner test-owner
Specifies the owner of an SAA operation up to 32 characters.
Default—
If a test-owner value is not specified, tests created by the CLI have a default owner “TiMOS CLI”.

session

Syntax 
session session-name {dmm | slm | twamp-light}
Context 
clear>oam-pm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command clears the raw measurement interval for the specified session and test.

Parameters 
session-name—
Specifies the name of the session, 32 characters maximum.
dmm—
Clears the raw measurement interval for DMM tests.
slm—
Clears the raw measurement interval for SLM tests.
twamp-light—
Clears the raw measurement interval for TWAMP Light tests.

mep

Syntax 
mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index statistics
Context 
clear>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command clears the specified MEP.

Parameters 
mep-id—
Specifies the MEP ID.
Values—
1 to 8191

 

md-index—
Specifies the domain context for the MEP.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

ma-index—
Specifies the association context for the MEP.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

statistics—
Clears MEP statistics for the specified MEP.

statistics

Syntax 
statistics
Context 
clear>eth-cfm
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command clears the ETH-CFM statistics counters.

test-oam

Syntax 
test-oam
Context 
clear
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command clears the Operations, Administration, and Maintenance test parameters.

twamp

Syntax 
twamp
Context 
clear>test-oam
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to clear TWAMP server statistics.

server

Syntax 
server
Context 
clear>test-oam>twamp
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command clears TWAMP server statistics.

testhead

Syntax 
testhead
Context 
clear
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command enables the context to clear teasthead statistics.

result

Syntax 
result [test-name] [owner test-owner]
result testhead-profile profile-id
Context 
clear>testhead
Supported Platforms 

Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode

Description 

This command clears testhead results from the latest history for the test.

Parameters 
test-name—
Specifies the name of the test.
Values—
ASCII string up to 32 characters.

 

test-owner—
Specifies the owner of a testhead operation.
Values—
ASCII string up to 32 characters.

 

profile-id—
Clears the testhead profile ID to use with this run/session of testhead invocation.
Values—
1 to 10